Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

EXECUTION COPY 
 COLUMBUS
INTERNATIONAL INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

$1,250,000,000 
 7.375% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2021 
  
  

INDENTURE 
  

 
 Dated as of
March 31, 2014 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 

Trustee 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A. 

Luxembourg Transfer Agent and Paying Agent 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
				
		 	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
		 	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	29	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	29	  
				
		 	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	29	  
		 	 Section 2.02.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	30	  
		 	 Section 2.03.
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	31	  
		 	 Section 2.04.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	31	  
		 	 Section 2.05.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	32	  
		 	 Section 2.06.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	32	  
		 	 Section 2.07.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	42	  
		 	 Section 2.08.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	42	  
		 	 Section 2.09.
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	42	  
		 	 Section 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	43	  
		 	 Section 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	43	  
		 	 Section 2.12.
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	43	  
		 	 Section 2.13.
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	43	  
		 	 Section 2.14.
	 	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	44	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	44	  
				
		 	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	44	  
		 	 Section 3.02.
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	44	  
		 	 Section 3.03.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	45	  
		 	 Section 3.04.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	45	  
		 	 Section 3.05.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	46	  
		 	 Section 3.06.
	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	46	  
		 	 Section 3.07.
	 	 Optional Redemption with a Make-Whole Premium
	  	 	47	  
		 	 Section 3.08.
	 	 Optional Redemption without a Make-Whole Premium
	  	 	47	  
		 	 Section 3.09.
	 	 Optional Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings
	  	 	47	  
		 	 Section 3.10.
	 	 Redemption Upon Changes in Withholding Taxes
	  	 	48	  
		 	 Section 3.11.
	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	48	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	49	  
				
		 	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	49	  
		 	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	49	  
		 	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Preservation of Legal Existence, Etc.
	  	 	49	  
		 	 Section 4.04.
	 	 Insurance
	  	 	50	  
		 	 Section 4.05.
	 	 Reports
	  	 	50	  
		 	 Section 4.06.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	50	  
		 	 Section 4.07.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	51	  
		 	 Section 4.08.
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	51	  

  
 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page	 
				
		 	 Section 4.09.
	 	 Limitation on Debt
	  	 	51	  
		 	 Section 4.10.
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	54	  
		 	 Section 4.11.
	 	 Reserved
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 4.12.
	 	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	58	  
		 	 Section 4.13.
	 	 Limitations on Liens
	  	 	60	  
		 	 Section 4.14.
	 	 Limitation on Sale of Certain Assets
	  	 	60	  
		 	 Section 4.15.
	 	 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	62	  
		 	 Section 4.16.
	 	 Limitation on Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	63	  
		 	 Section 4.17.
	 	 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
	  	 	64	  
		 	 Section 4.18.
	 	 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted and Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	66	  
		 	 Section 4.19.
	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	68	  
		 	 Section 4.20.
	 	 Currency Indemnity
	  	 	68	  
		 	 Section 4.21.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	69	  
		 	 Section 4.22.
	 	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	69	  
		 	 Section 4.23.
	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	72	  
		 	 Section 4.24.
	 	 Listing
	  	 	73	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	74	  
				
		 	 Section 5.01.
	 	 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
	  	 	74	  
		 	 Section 5.02.
	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	76	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	76	  
				
		 	 Section 6.01.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	76	  
		 	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	77	  
		 	 Section 6.03.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	78	  
		 	 Section 6.04.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	79	  
		 	 Section 6.05.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	79	  
		 	 Section 6.06.
	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	79	  
		 	 Section 6.07.
	 	 Notice of Default
	  	 	79	  
		 	 Section 6.08.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	80	  
		 	 Section 6.09.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	80	  
		 	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	80	  
		 	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	81	  
		 	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	81	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	81	  
				
		 	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	81	  
		 	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	82	  
		 	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	84	  
		 	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	84	  
		 	 Section 7.05.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	84	  

  
 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page	 
				
		 	 Section 7.06.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	85	  
		 	 Section 7.07.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	86	  
		 	 Section 7.08.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	86	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	86	  
				
		 	 Section 8.01.
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	86	  
		 	 Section 8.02.
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	87	  
		 	 Section 8.03.
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	87	  
		 	 Section 8.04.
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	88	  
		 	 Section 8.05.
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	90	  
		 	 Section 8.06.
	 	 Repayment to Company
	  	 	90	  
		 	 Section 8.07.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	91	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	91	  
				
		 	 Section 9.01.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	91	  
		 	 Section 9.02.
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	92	  
		 	 Section 9.03.
	 	 Supplemental Indenture
	  	 	93	  
		 	 Section 9.04.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	94	  
		 	 Section 9.05.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	94	  
		 	 Section 9.06.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	94	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
	  	 	95	  
				
		 	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Guarantees
	  	 	95	  
		 	 Section 10.02.
	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	96	  
		 	 Section 10.03.
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	  	 	96	  
		 	 Section 10.04.
	 	 Releases
	  	 	96	  
		 	 Section 10.05.
	 	 Limitation of Guarantees
	  	 	97	  
		 	 Section 10.06.
	 	 No Waiver
	  	 	97	  
		 	 Section 10.07.
	 	 Modification
	  	 	97	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 SUBORDINATION
	  	 	97	  
				
		 	 Section 11.01.
	 	 Subordination of the Guarantees
	  	 	97	  
		 	 Section 11.02.
	 	 Enforcement Standstills in Relation to the Guarantees
	  	 	97	  
		 	 Section 11.03.
	 	 Subordination on Insolvency
	  	 	98	  
		 	 Section 11.04.
	 	 Payment Blockage
	  	 	102	  
		 	 Section 11.06.
	 	 Applicability to the Trustee
	  	 	103	  
		 	 Section 11.07.
	 	 Reinstatement of Agreement
	  	 	103	  
		
	 ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	104	  
				
		 	 Section 12.01.
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	104	  
		 	 Section 12.02.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	105	  

  
 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	105	  
				
		 	 Section 13.01.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	105	  
		 	 Section 13.02.
	 	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	107	  
		 	 Section 13.03.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	107	  
		 	 Section 13.04.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	107	  
		 	 Section 13.05.
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.06.
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.07.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.08.
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.09.
	 	 Successors
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.10.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	108	  
		 	 Section 13.11.
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	109	  
		 	 Section 13.12.
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	109	  
		 	 Section 13.13.
	 	 Waiver of Immunity
	  	 	109	  
		 	 Section 13.14.
	 	 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process
	  	 	109	  
		 	 Section 13.15.
	 	 Waiver of Trial by Jury
	  	 	110	  
		 	 Section 13.16.
	 	 PATRIOT ACT
	  	 	110	  

  

			
	EXHIBITS	  	
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
		
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
		
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
		
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

  
 -iv- 

 INDENTURE dated as of March 31, 2014, among Columbus International Inc., a Barbados corporation
(the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein), The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Transfer Agent. 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders (as defined herein) of the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (each as defined herein). 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions.  

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person: 

(1) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from any such Person,

in each case provided that such Debt was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary or such acquisition, as the case may be. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person. 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22(a). 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued after the Issue Date under this Indenture in
accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect
to any specified Person: 
 (1) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person, or 
 (2) any other Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more
of such specified Person’s Capital Stock or any officer or director of any such specified Person or other Person or, with respect to any natural Person, any Person having a relationship with such Person by blood, marriage or adoption not more
remote than first cousin. 

  
 1 

 For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any
specified Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
“controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Agent”
means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Transfer Agent, additional Transfer Agent, Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Law” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22(g). 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, exchange or redemption of or for beneficial interests in any
Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, exchange or redemption. 

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by
way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of: 

(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by
applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (2) all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) any
other of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s properties or assets. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the
following items shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
 (A) any transfer or disposition of assets that is governed by the
provisions of this Indenture described under Section 4.23 and Section 5.01; 
 (B) any transfer or disposition of assets
by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(C) any transfer or disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment or facilities that are no longer useful in the
conduct of the Company’s and any Restricted Subsidiary’s business and that are disposed of in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 2 

 (D) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of related
transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than the greater of $10.0 million and 1% of Total Assets; 
 (E) for
the purposes of Section 4.14 only, the making of a Permitted Investment or a disposition permitted under Section 4.10; 
 (F)
the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (G) the
lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property or spectrum in the ordinary course of business; 
 (H) an
issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (I) sales of
assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien granted in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(J) a disposition resulting from the bona fide exercise by government authority of its claimed or actual power of eminent
domain to the extent that the property subject thereof is not material to the operations of the Person affected thereby. 

“Attributable Debt” means, with respect to any sale and leaseback transaction at the time of determination, the present value
(discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease determined in accordance with IFRS or, if not known, at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate) of the total obligations of the lessee of the property subject to such lease for rental
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended, or until the earliest date on which the
lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty), after excluding from such rental payments all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and
repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water, utilities and similar charges. 
 “Authentication Order” has the meaning set
forth under Section 2.02(d). 
 “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Debt, the
quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products of: 

(A) the numbers of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of
such Debt multiplied by 
 (B) the amount of each such principal payment; by 

(2) the sum of all such principal payments. 

  
 3 

 “Bankruptcy Law” means (1) Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar U.S. federal or
state law, (2) the bankruptcy law of Barbados under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, Chapter 303 of the Laws of Barbados, (3) the bankruptcy laws of Jamaica under Part V of the Companies Act, 2004 of Jamaica and the Companies
(Winding Up) Rules, 1949, made under sections 11 and 12 of the Companies Act, 1948, of the United Kingdom, (4) the bankruptcy law of Grenada under Part IV of the Companies Act Cap 58A of the 2010 Continuous Revised Edition of the Laws of
Grenada, and the Companies (Winding Up) Rules 1909 (UK), (5) the bankruptcy law of Trinidad and Tobago under The Bankruptcy Act Chapter 9:70 of the laws of Trinidad and Tobago and the Companies Act Chapter 81:01 of the laws of
Trinidad and Tobago, in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time, or (6) any similar laws for the relief of debtors.  

“Bankruptcy Law Event of Default” means: 

(1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

(b) consents to the making of a Bankruptcy Order in an involuntary case or proceeding or consents to the commencement of any
case against it (or them); 
 (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of it (or them) or for all or any substantial part of its property; 
 (d) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its (or their) creditors; 
 (e) files an answer or consent seeking reorganization or
bankruptcy relief; 
 (f) admits in writing its inability to pay its (or their) debts generally; or 

(g) consents to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy; 

(2) a court of competent jurisdiction in any involuntary case or proceeding enters a Bankruptcy Order against the Company, or any Restricted
Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or of all or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and such Bankruptcy Order remains undischarged or unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(3) a bankruptcy custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official is appointed out of court with respect
to the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant 

  
 4 

 
Subsidiary, or with respect to all or any substantial part of the assets or properties of the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary. 
 “Bankruptcy Order” means any court order made in a proceeding pursuant to or within the
meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, containing an adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency, or providing for liquidation, receivership, winding-up, dissolution, suspension of payments, reorganization or similar proceedings, or appointing a custodian of a
debtor or of all or any substantial part of a debtor’s property, or providing for the staying, arrangement, adjustment or composition of indebtedness or other relief of a debtor. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in
calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such
“person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns”, “Beneficially
Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means:

 (1) with respect to a company or corporation, the board of directors of the company or corporation or any committee
thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the
general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of
such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banking institutions in Barbados, New York or a place of payment under this Indenture are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, partnership interests (whether general or
limited), participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s equity, any other interest or participation that confers the right to receive a share of the profits and losses, or distributions of assets of, such
Person and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person under a lease of (or other
agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether 

  
 5 

 
real, personal or mixed), which obligation is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under IFRS, and, for purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such
obligation at any date will be the capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with IFRS and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following, to the extent owned by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and having a maturity of not greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the
United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b) insured certificates of deposit of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank
that (i) is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) below, (iii) is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, and (iv) has
combined capital and surplus of at least $1 billion; (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $1,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any State of the United States and
rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Standard & Poor’s and (d) money market funds having a rating in the highest investment category granted
by a recognized credit rating agency at the time of acquisition; provided that bank deposits and short term investments in the local currency of any Restricted Subsidiary shall qualify as Cash Equivalents so long as the aggregate amount
thereof does not exceed the amount reasonably estimated by the Company as being necessary to finance the operations, including capital expenditures, of such Restricted Subsidiary for the succeeding 90 days. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events, notice of which shall be provided to the Trustee in
writing: 
 (1) other than in connection with a Public Equity Offering, any “person” or “group” (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person will be deemed to have
“beneficial ownership” of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting power of the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; or 
 (2) (i) if the Company consummates any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination) pursuant to which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or (ii) the Company conveys, transfers,
leases or otherwise disposes of, or any resolution with respect to a demerger or division is passed by the Board of Directors or shareholders pursuant to which the Company would dispose of, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
those of the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a transfer of substantially all of such assets to one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Company), in each case to any Person other than in a transaction: 

(A) where the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, as applicable, is not converted or exchanged at all (except to the
extent necessary to reflect a change in the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation) or is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the surviving or transferee corporation; and 

(B) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other
than a Permitted Holder, is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in clause (1) above) directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation; or 

  
 6 

 (3) other than in connection with a Public Equity Offering, if during any
consecutive two-year period following the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members whose election to such board, or whose nomination for election by
the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company then still in office who were either members at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or

(4) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which
complies with the provisions of Section 5.01. 
 “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to it in Section
4.23(a). 
 “Change of Control Purchase Date” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.23(a). 

“Change of Control Purchase Price” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.23(a). 

“Class B Preferred Shares” means the Class B Preferred Shares of no par value per share, of the Company. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture and its successors and assigns,
including any Surviving Entity. 
 “Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means for any period the consolidated interest expense included in a consolidated income
statement (without deduction of interest income) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, excluding (a) the amortization of deferred financing costs (b) accrued but

  
 7 

 
unpaid interest on Subordinated Shareholder Loans, but including, without limitation or duplication (or, to the extent not so included, with the addition of), (i) the amortization of Debt
discounts; (ii) any payments, fees or commissions with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities; (iii) fees with respect to interest rate swap or similar agreements or foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar
agreements; (iv) Preferred Stock dividends (other than with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock) declared and paid or payable; (v) accrued Redeemable Capital Stock dividends, whether or not declared or paid; (vi) interest on Debt guaranteed by the
Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s assets; and (vii) the portion of any rental obligation allocable to interest expense. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein or any treatment thereof under IFRS, any transactions characterized as “operating leases” under IFRS (as in effect on the Issue Date) shall not constitute “Debt” and any portion of the lease payments with respect
to such “operating leases” shall not constitute a “Consolidated Interest Expense.” 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” for any period means the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis (before minority interests) in accordance with IFRS; provided that
there shall be excluded therefrom (without duplication) (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such transaction, (b)
the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (c) gains or losses on Asset Sales by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or other dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (d) all exceptional, extraordinary or
non-recurring gains and exceptional, extraordinary or non-recurring losses (including, without limitation, any non-operating costs accounted for in “other” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income (loss) prepared in
accordance with IFRS), (e) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, (f) gains or losses resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates (whether realized or unrealized) and (g) the tax effect of any of the items described in
clauses (a) through (f) above. 
 In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by
indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture. 

“Consolidated Tax Expense” means, for any period with respect to any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the provision for all
national, local and foreign federal, state or other income taxes of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.01 hereof or such other
address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

  
 8 

 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.03. 

“Credit Facility” or “Credit Facilities” means or one or more credit agreements, debt facilities, indentures
or financing agreements providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, letters of credit or other forms of guarantees and assurances or other credit facilities or extensions of credit, including overdrafts (whether secured or unsecured,
and including any Guarantor Priority Debt), in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any agreement extending the maturity
of, refinancing or restructuring all or any portion of the indebtedness under such agreements or any successor agreements. 

“Currency Agreements” means in respect of a Person any spot or forward foreign exchange agreements and currency swap,
currency option or other similar financial agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against or manage exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 

(1) all liabilities of such Person for borrowed money (including overdrafts) or for the deferred purchase price of property or
services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments; 

(3) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances, receivables facilities or other similar facilities; 
 (4) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising
under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale
of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) all Capitalized Lease
Obligations of such Person; 
 (6) all obligations of such Person under or in respect of Interest Rate Agreements and
Currency Agreements; 
 (7) all Debt referred to in (but not excluded from) the preceding clauses (1) through (6) of other
Persons and all dividends of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or with respect to property (including, without
limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt (the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such
property or asset and the amount of the obligation so secured); 

  
 9 

 (8) all guarantees by such Person of Debt referred to in this definition of any
other Person; 
 (9) all Redeemable Capital Stock of such Person valued at the greater of its voluntary maximum fixed
repurchase price and involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and 
 (10) Preferred
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;
 provided that the term “Debt” shall not include (i) non-interest bearing installment obligations and
accrued liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 days past due; (ii) Debt in respect of the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt in respect of standby letters of credit, performance
bonds or surety bonds provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon are honored in accordance with their
terms and if, to be reimbursed, are reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit or bond; (iii) anything accounted for as an operating lease
in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Issue Date; (iv) any pension obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (v) any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary under any employee plans or employment agreements; (vi) any
deferred revenues as calculated in accordance with IFRS and (vii) any deferred tax on income. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s Class B Preferred Shares shall not constitute Debt. 

For purposes of the definition of “Debt”, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock that does
not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Debt will be required to be
determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such
Redeemable Capital Stock; provided, that if such Redeemable Capital Stock is not then permitted to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Stock as
reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 

  
 10 

 “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of
related transactions, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions or is not an Affiliate, or an
officer, director or employee of any Person (other than the Company) who has any direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions. 

“dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns. 

“EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (A)
plus (without duplication) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (ii) Consolidated Tax Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) the
consolidated depreciation and amortization expense included in the income statement of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) any other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (other than any such non-cash item to
the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period required to be made by IFRS), and (v) charges or expenses related to any stock option or employee benefit plan required to be made pursuant to IFRS,
and (B) minus all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than any such non-cash item to the extent that it has resulted or will result in the receipt of cash payments); provided, however, for purposes
of any determination pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09(a), in the event any of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries have made Asset Sales or acquisitions of assets not in the ordinary course of business (including acquisitions of
other Persons by merger, consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) during or after such period, EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis (determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company in an Officer’s
Certificate) as if the Asset Sales or acquisitions had taken place on the first day of such period. 
 “Enforcement Action”
means, in relation to any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, any action (whether taken by the relevant creditor or creditors or an agent or trustee on its or their behalf) to: 

(1) demand payment, declare prematurely due and payable or otherwise seek to accelerate payment of all or any part of such Debt
or to require the Company or a Guarantor to redeem or repurchase any part of such Debt; 
 (2) recover all or any part of
such Debt (including, by exercising any rights of set-off or combination of accounts); 
 (3) exercise or enforce any rights
under or pursuant to any guarantee or other assurance given by any Guarantor in respect of any such Debt; 

  
 11 

 (4) exercise or enforce any rights under any security interest whatsoever which
secures such Debt; 
 (5) commence legal proceedings against any Person; or 

(6) commence, or take any other steps which could lead to the commencement of, any 

(A) insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, administration, receivership, compulsory merger or judicial
reorganization of any Person; or 
 (B) the appointment of a trustee in bankruptcy, or insolvency conciliator, ad hoc
official, judicial administrator, a liquidator or other similar officer in respect of any Person; or any other similar process or appointment.

“Equity Offering” means (1) the sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) or (2) the sale of
Subordinated Shareholder Loans, in each case, excluding any sales to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “EU Savings Tax
Directive” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.22(b)(6). 
 “euro” or “€” means the lawful
currency of the member states of the European Union who have agreed to share a common currency in accordance with the provisions of the Maastricht Treaty dealing with European monetary union. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.01(a). 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and
regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder. 
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to it in Section
4.14(c). 
 “Excess Proceeds Offer” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.14(d). 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an
arm’s-length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(e)(2) hereof to be placed on all Global Notes issued under
this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually
and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the
Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 12 

 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes by the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including the Guarantees by the Initial Guarantors dated as of the Issue Date. When used as a verb,
“Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning. 
 “guarantees” means, as applied to any obligation, 

(1) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation; and 
 (2) an agreement, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the
foregoing, by the pledge of assets and the payment of amounts drawn down under letters of credit. 
 “Guarantor Priority
Debt” means: 
 (1) all Debt incurred by a Guarantor under any Credit Facility permitted to be incurred under the
provisions of Section 4.09 and all Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements and other obligations with respect thereto; 

(2) any other Debt incurred by a Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred by a Guarantor unless, with respect to such
Guarantor, the instrument under which such Debt is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee, as the case may be; and 

(3) all obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Guarantor Priority Debt will not include: 

(A) any liability for taxes owed or owing by the Guarantors or 

(B) any trade payables. 

“Guarantor” means each Initial Guarantor and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Guarantee of the Notes in
accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors. 

  
 13 

 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards. 

“incur” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.09(a). 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Guarantors” as of the date of this Indenture, means Columbus Jamaica Holdings (Barbados) Inc., Cable Jamaica
(Barbados) Limited, Columbus Capital (Barbados) Limited, Columbus Communications Jamaica Limited, Chartfield Development Company Limited, Columbus Curaçao (Barbados) Inc., Caribbean Data Centers (Barbados) Inc., Columbus TTNW Holdings Inc.,
Columbus Networks, Limited, ARCOS-1 USA, Inc., Columbus Networks USA, Inc., A SUR NET, Inc., Columbus Networks Telecommunications Services USA, Inc., Columbus Trinidad (Barbados) Inc., Columbus Communications Trinidad Limited, Columbus
Communications (Grenada) Limited, Columbus Telecommunications (Barbados) Limited, Wamco Technology Group Limited, Columbus Eastern Caribbean (Barbados) Inc. 

“Initial Notes” means the Company’s $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 issued
under this Indenture on the date hereof, and any replacement Notes issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Initial
Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and RBC Capital Markets, LLC. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Interest Rate Agreements”
means in respect of a Person any interest rate protection agreements and other types of interest rate hedging agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) designed to protect such
Person against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any
direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including guarantees) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others),
or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Debt issued or owned by, any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a
balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Restricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that
such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an “Investment” that the Company made in such 

  
 14 

 
Unrestricted Subsidiary at such time. The portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Restricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary will be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments. “Investments” excludes extensions of trade credit on commercially
reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of first issuance of the Notes
which shall be March 31, 2014. 
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.02(a). 

“Leverage Ratio,” when used in connection with any incurrence (or deemed incurrence) of Debt, means the ratio of (i) the
consolidated principal amount of Debt (other than Debt under (a) Subordinated Shareholder Loans and (b) Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount outstanding up to the greater of $100.0 million and 7% of Total Assets) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of the most recent available quarterly or annual balance sheet, after giving pro forma effect to (a) the incurrence of such Debt and any other Debt incurred since such balance sheet date, (b) the receipt and
application of the proceeds therefrom and (c) (without duplication) the repayment, redemption or repurchase of any other Debt since such balance sheet date, to (ii) the product of (x) two and (y) EBITDA for the latest two fiscal quarters ended on
such balance sheet date. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise),
privilege, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim, or preference or priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired. A
Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which such Person has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement. 

“Maturity” means, with respect to any indebtedness, the date on which any principal of such indebtedness becomes due and
payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity with respect to such principal or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, repurchase or purchase or otherwise. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means: 

(1) respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds therefrom in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of
deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary), net of: 
 (A) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and
expenses of legal counsel, accountants, investment banks and other consultants) related to such Asset Sale; 

  
 15 

 (B) provisions for all taxes paid or payable, or required to be accrued as a
liability under IFRS as a result of such Asset Sale; 
 (C) all payments made on any Debt that is secured by any Property
subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by
applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale; 
 (D) all distributions and other payments required to
be made to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale; and 

(E) appropriate amounts required to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve
in accordance with IFRS against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment
benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 

(2) with respect to any capital contributions, issuance or sale of Capital Stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase
Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to under Section 4.10, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, payments in respect of
deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of
thereof. 
 “New York Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S.
Person. 
 “Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means (i) as of the Issue Date any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that does not provide a Guarantee of the Notes on the Issue Date and (ii) any other Restricted Subsidiaries created, formed or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date that have not provided a Guarantee of the Notes.
For the avoidance of doubt, all Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture. 

“Notes” means, collectively the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 

  
 16 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated March
24, 2014, with respect to the initial offer and sale of the Notes and Guarantees by the Company and the Guarantors. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, a Guarantor or a Surviving Entity, as
the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Section 13.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Pari Passu Debt” means (a) any Debt of the Company that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes; or (b) any Debt of
a Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 “Participant” means, with respect
to the Depositary, The Depository Trust Company and a Person who has an account with the Depositary. 
 “Payee” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 4.20. 
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(a). 

“Payment Blockage Notice” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.04(a)(2). 

“Permitted Debt” has the meaning given to such term under Section 4.09(b). 

“Permitted Holder” means (i) each of the direct shareholders of record of the Company on the Issue Date and any Affiliate or
Permitted Transferee thereof, (ii) a Person of which the Company is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and a majority of whose Voting Stock is Beneficially Owned by Persons identified in clause (i) of this definition or (iii) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a
Person identified in clause (ii) of this definition. 
 “Permitted Investments” means any of the following: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company conducting a business substantially similar to
that as conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date; 
 (2) Investments in cash or Cash
Equivalents; 
 (3) intercompany Debt to the extent permitted under Section 4.09(b)(3) hereof; 

  
 17 

 (4) Investments in (i) the form of loans or advances to the Company, (ii) a
Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its
assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of or retained in connection with an Asset Sale permitted under or made in compliance with Section 4.14 hereof to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds permitted thereunder; 

(6) expenses or advances to cover payroll, travel, entertainment, moving, other relocation and similar matters that are
expected at the time of such advances to be treated as expenses in accordance with IFRS; 
 (7) Investments in the Notes;

 (8) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or subsequently made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue
Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal or reinvestment of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date or made in compliance with Section 4.10 of this Indenture; 

(9) Investments in Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) or (b)(8) hereof; 

(10) loans and advances (or guarantees to third party loans) to directors, officers or employees of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Company’s past practices or past practices of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in an amount outstanding not to exceed at any one time $5.0
million; 
 (11) Investments in a Person to the extent that the consideration therefor consists of the net proceeds from
either a Subordinated Shareholder Loan or the substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of shares of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock; provided that the net proceeds from such sale have been excluded
from, and shall not have been included in, the calculation of the amount determined under Section 4.10(b)(3)(ii) hereof; 

(12) any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person with whom
the Company files or filed a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is or was part of a consolidated group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; 

(13) Investments of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in Unrestricted Subsidiaries conducting a business substantially
similar to that as conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets;

  
 18 

 (14) (i) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments,
foreclosure of liens or settlement of debts, and (ii) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of such persons incurred in the ordinary course of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business,
including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

(15) any Investment to the extent made using as consideration Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital
Stock); 
 (16) Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of an acquisition by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described in Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that
such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(17) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.12(b)(3); and 
 (18) Investments in deposit accounts, time deposits and similar short term investments in a
Qualified Currency at a Qualified Bank. 
 “Permitted Debt” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.09(b). 

“Permitted Junior Securities” means, with respect to a Guarantor: (a) Capital Stock of such Guarantor or (b) debt securities
of the Guarantor that are subordinated to all Guarantor Priority Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Guarantor Priority Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Guarantees are subordinated to
Guarantor Priority Debt pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

 (1) Liens existing as of the date of this Indenture; 

(2) Liens securing Debt of the Company and any Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 to the extent
that (i) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing and (ii) at the time of such incurrence and after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, on a pro forma basis, the Priority Debt Leverage Ratio would be less than 1.75 to 1.0;

  
 19 

 (3) Liens on any property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted in favor
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation
and purchase money Liens to secure Debt (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) permitted under Section 4.09; provided that the related Debt will not be secured by any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
property so acquired; 
 (5) Liens on property of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Debt of, any Person existing at the time
such Person is acquired by, merged with or into or consolidated with, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens (i) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other
than the property or assets acquired or than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) were created prior to, and not in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or
consolidation; 
 (6) Liens securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under Currency
Agreements or Interest Rate Agreements permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) and (b)(8) hereof or any collateral for the Debt to which such Interest Rate Agreements or Currency Agreements relate; 

(7) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Debt that has been secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture, provided that
(i) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets not securing the Debt so refinanced and (ii) the Debt so refinanced shall have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; 

(8) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures,
partnerships and the like;
 (9) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(10) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered
into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s past practices prior to the Issue Date; 

(11) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen, employees, pension
plan administrators or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to attorney’s liens or
bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution; 

  
 20 

 (12) Liens for taxes, assessments, government charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been
made; 
 (13) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids or trade or government contracts, or
to secure leases, or in connection with permits or licenses, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than obligations for
the payment of money); 
 (14) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for
rights-of-way, utilities, sewers, electrical lines, telephone lines, telegraph wires, restrictions, encroachments and other similar charges, encumbrances or title defects and incurred in the ordinary course of business that do not in the aggregate
materially interfere with in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the properties subject thereto, taken as a whole; 

(15) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual
property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(16) Liens arising from United States Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other
applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt or other obligations of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (18) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court so long as such Lien
is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall
not have expired; 
 (19) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or other insurance; 
 (20) Liens encumbering
deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset and set-off; and

(21) Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets.

  
 21 

 “Permitted Refinancing Debt” means any renewals, extensions, substitutions,
refinancings or replacements (each, for purposes of this definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt and Section 4.09(b)(11) a “refinancing”) of any Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pursuant to this definition, including any
successive refinancings, so long as: 
 (1) such Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if incurred with original issue
discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount (or if incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Debt being refinanced and (ii) an amount necessary
to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing; 
 (2) the Average Life
of such Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being refinanced; 
 (3) the Stated Maturity of such
Debt is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced; and 
 (4) the new Debt is not senior in right of
payment to the Debt that is being refinanced; provided that Permitted Refinancing Debt will not include (i) Debt of a Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that refinances the Debt of any Guarantor or (ii) Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and provided further that in no event shall new Debt be deemed senior in right of payment solely due to the creation or change in priority of a Lien securing such Debt. 

“Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to a Person, (i) any limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation
or similar entity of which the sole owners of partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are, and shall remain, limited to such Person; (ii) any of its stockholders, members, partners or other equity interest holders;
(iii) any investment fund or other entity under common control with such Person; (iv) one or more trusts, the beneficiaries of which are restricted to any one or a combination of such Person, such Person’s spouse, or to the parents, siblings,
children, grandchildren, nieces or nephews of such Person or such Person’s spouse, but only if such Person is the sole trustee of such trust or trusts; and (v) any one or a combination of such Person’s parents, siblings, children,
grandchildren, nieces or nephews or spouse by will or laws of descent. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) of such
Person which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class of such Person
whether now outstanding, or issued after the Issue Date, and including, without limitation, all classes and series of preferred or preference stock of such Person. 

  
 22 

 “Priority Debt Leverage Ratio,” when used in connection with the incurrence (or
deemed incurrence) of Debt for borrowed money, means the ratio of (i) the sum, without duplication, of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Debt for borrowed money secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) the
aggregate principal amount of Guarantor Priority Debt for borrowed money of all Guarantors, and (z) the aggregate principal amount of Debt for borrowed money of all Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case outstanding as of the most
recently available quarterly or annual balance sheet, after giving pro forma effect to: (a) the incurrence of such Debt for borrowed money and any other Debt for borrowed money incurred since such balance sheet date, (b) the receipt and application
of the proceeds thereof and (c) (without duplication) the repayment, redemption or repurchase of any other Debt for borrowed money since such balance sheet date to (ii) the product of (x) two and (y) EBITDA for the latest two fiscal quarters ended
on such balance sheet date. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(e)(1) hereof to be
placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “pro
forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms of the Notes, a calculation in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act (to the extent applicable) or
in good faith by the Company’s principal accounting officer. 
 “Process Agent” has the meaning assigned to it in
13.15(b). 
 “Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its Fair Market
Value. 
 “Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten public offer and sale of capital stock (which is Qualified Capital
Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent holding company of the Company with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $50 million (including any sale of capital stock purchased upon the exercise of any over-allotment option granted in
connection therewith). 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Bank” means a financial institution located in a Qualified Jurisdiction and of recognized stature having capital
and surplus in excess of $100 million. 
 “Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such
Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock. 
 “Qualified Currency” means dollars, euro or the currency of a Qualified
Jurisdiction. 

  
 23 

 “Qualified Jurisdiction” means the State of New York, Barbados and any other
jurisdiction (being or within any country whose long term dollar-denominated debt has an investment rating from Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s (or if only one such rating agency is then rating such debt, from such rating agency) of at
least “BBB” or “Baa3,” respectively). 
 “Redeemable Capital Stock” means
any class or series of Capital Stock that, either by its terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable or by contract or otherwise, is, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be
redeemed prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes or is redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof at any time prior to such final Stated Maturity (other than upon a change of control of the Company in circumstances in which the Holders
of the Notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to such final Stated Maturity; provided that any Capital Stock that would constitute Qualified Capital Stock but for
provisions thereof giving Holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of any “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the
Notes will not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in
Section 4.14 and Section 4.23 and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be
repurchased pursuant to Section 4.14 and Section 4.23; and provided further, that the Company’s Class B Preferred Shares shall not constitute Redeemable Capital Stock. 

“Registrar” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.03(a). 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.22(a). 

“Replacement Assets” means (i) properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of an Asset
Sale or (ii) properties and assets received in exchange (directly or indirectly through equity interests and similar participations) for the properties and assets that are the subject of the Asset Sale and that will be used in the Company’s
business or in that of the Restricted Subsidiaries as conducted on the Issue Date and any business ancillary or complementary thereto. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration
of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

  
 24 

 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.10(a). 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Commission thereunder. 
 “Senior Agents” means any agents or successor agent appointed under any Credit
Facility to which any Guarantor is a party, or designated as “Senior Agents” in any instrument or document evidencing Guarantor Priority Debt. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company
within the meaning of either clause (1) or (2) of Article I of Rule 1-02(w) under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., and its successors. 
 “Standstill Period” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.02(b)(2).  

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Note or any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in
such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest, respectively, is due and payable, and, when used with respect to any other indebtedness, means the date specified in the instrument governing such
indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such indebtedness, or any installment of interest thereon, is due and payable. 

  
 25 

 “Subordinated Debt” means Debt of the Company or any of the Guarantors that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees of such Guarantors, as the case may be. 
 “Subordinated Shareholder
Loans” means Debt of the Company (and any security into which such Debt, other than Capital Stock, is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) issued to and held by any Permitted Holder that (either pursuant
to its terms or pursuant to an agreement with respect thereto): 
 (1) does not mature or require any amortization,
redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such Debt into Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital
Stock) of the Company or any Debt meeting the requirements of this definition); 
 (2) does not require, prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts; 

(3) contains no change of control or similar provisions that are effective, and does not accelerate and has no right to declare
a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity or the Notes; 

(4) does not provide for or require any Lien over any asset of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Notes in the event of (a) a total or partial
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, (b) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, (c) an assignment for the benefit of creditors or (d) any marshaling of
the Company’s assets and liabilities; 
 (6) under which the Company may not make any payment or distribution of any
kind or character with respect to any obligations on, or relating to, such Subordinated Shareholder Loans if (x) a payment Default on the Notes occurs and is continuing or (y) any other Default under this Indenture occurs and is continuing on the
Notes that permits the holders of the Notes to accelerate their maturity and the Company and the Trustee receives notice of such Default from the requisite holders of the Notes, until in each case the earliest of (a) the date on which such Default
is cured or waived or (b) 180 days from the date such Default occurs (and such notice may be given only once during any 360 day period); and 

(7) under which, if the holder of such Subordinated Shareholder Loans receives a payment or distribution with respect to such
Subordinated Shareholder Loan (a) other than in accordance with this Indenture or as a result of a mandatory requirement of applicable law or (b) under circumstances described under clauses (5)(a) through (d) above, such holder will forthwith pay
all such amounts to the Trustee to be held in trust for application in accordance with this Indenture. 

  
 26 

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) a corporation a majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof; and 
 (2) any other Person (other than a
corporation), including, without limitation, a partnership, limited liability company, business trust or joint venture, in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof, directly or
indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has at least majority ownership interest entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or other Person performing similar functions). 

“Surviving Entity” has the meaning set forth under Section 5.01(a)(1). 

“Taxes” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.22(a). 

“TIA” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Commission thereunder. 
 “Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent balance sheet date for which financial information is available. 
 “Transfer
Agent” has the meaning assigned to it in 2.03(a). 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield
to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to March 30, 2018 ; provided,
however, that if the period from the redemption date to March 30, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive
Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a
Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 27 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) Columbus Communications Limited; 

(2) Columbus Communications Inc.; 

(3) Columbus Acquisitions Inc.; 

(4) Columbus Antilles (Barbados) Limited; 

(5) Columbus Caribbean Acquisitions Inc.; 

(6) Columbus Holdings France SAS; 

(7) Columbus Eastern Caribbean Holding Sarl; 

(8) Columbus Eastern Caribbean (St. Lucia) Inc.; 

(9) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.18); and 
 (10) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in
such obligations) of the United States (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) payable in dollars for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting
power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees (or Persons performing similar functions) of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes
shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Wholly Owned
Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person, all of the outstanding Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares of such Person required to be owned by third parties pursuant to applicable law) of
which are owned by such Person or by one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

  
 28 

 Section 1.02. Rules of Construction.  

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “including” or “include” means including or include without limitation; 

(6) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar impact refer to this
Indenture as a whole and not to any particular article, section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (7) unsecured or
unguaranteed Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured or guaranteed Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured or unguaranteed Debt; 

(8) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(9) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor
sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Form
and Dating.  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons,
in denominations of $200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes 

  
 29 

 
issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of
any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as
required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (1) Regulation S Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S
shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global Note shall, upon
issuance, bear the Private Placement Legend. The Restricted Period shall be terminated and the Private Placement Legend shall be removed from the Regulation S Global Note only upon the receipt by the Trustee of a written certificate from the
Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States Beneficial Ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note
(except to the extent of any Beneficial Owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a Beneficial Ownership
interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof). 
 (2)
144A Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of the 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian
for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The 144A Global Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend. 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.  

(a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 (c) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 

  
 30 

 (d) The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an
“Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes issued from time to time. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the
aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 

(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.  

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be transferred or exchanged (“Transfer Agent”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-Registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any additional Transfer Agent and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent; provided such Agent enters into an appropriate agency agreement
implementing the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and as Transfer Agent and Paying Agent in New York and to
act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company shall maintain a Paying Agent and Transfer Agent in
Luxembourg. The Company initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. in Luxembourg to act as the Transfer Agent and Paying Agent in Luxembourg. 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any

  
 31 

 
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate
trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists.  

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes. 
 Section 2.06. Transfer and
Exchange.  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary
to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes
shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes only if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after
the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in
whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 

(3) the Depositary so requests following an Event of Default under this Indenture. 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the
Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof. 

  
 32 

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer
and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject
to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will also require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as
applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the
account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account
to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 

  
 33 

 Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in
Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and: 

(A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect
that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(5) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Unrestricted 

  
 34 

 
Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section
2.06(b)(2) hereof and: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global
Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof. 

(B) If the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being
transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required
by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 

  
 35 

 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive
Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on
transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A
holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A), an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect
that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note 

  
 36 

 
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof, and
the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or
through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(d), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to
such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by
such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(d). 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule
904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 37 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (A) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect
that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (e) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Restricted Definitive Note (and all
Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY (OR ITS
PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), OR (B)
IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT; 

  
 38 

 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS
SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3)
OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED
FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS, THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE REGISTRAR TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING. 

THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY. 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 2(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL
OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE
AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

  
 39 

 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued
pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (d)(2) or (d)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL
OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT
NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE
PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person 

  
 40 

 
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global
Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (g) General Provisions Relating to
Transfers and Exchanges.  
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof. 

(2) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.11, 4.14, 4.23 and 9.06 hereof). 

(3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date
and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other
purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (6) The Trustee
shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (7)
All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

  
 41 

 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.  

(a) If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
security or an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss
that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 (b) Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.  

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, to the extent that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07 or 3.08 hereof. 
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section
2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to
accrue. 
 (d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.  

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, shall be considered as though not

  
 42 

 
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.  

(a) Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

(b) Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11. Cancellation.  

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company upon the written request from the Company. The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.
 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the
extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at a rate of 7.375% per annum. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted
interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days
prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall deliver or
cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

Section 2.13. Computation of Interest.  

Interest on the Notes shall be computed by the Company on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

  
 43 

 Section 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN
numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change
in CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.  

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Sections 3.07, 3.08, 3.09 and 3.10 hereof, it must
furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period), an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.  

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
redeemed (i) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (ii) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (iii) by lot or such other
similar method subject to the procedures of DTC. 
 (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in minimum amounts of $200,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $200,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not equal
to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions
of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 44 

 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.  

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each
Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 12 hereof. 
 The
notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes, or portions thereof, called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made as
to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP/ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s
request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date
(unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.  

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 

  
 45 

 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.  

(a) One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. Upon the receipt of a written request, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease
to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the
Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each
case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.  

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 46 

 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption with a Make-Whole Premium 

(a) At any time prior to March 30, 2018, the Company, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to
the Trustee), will have the right, at its option, to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus, the greater of (1) 1% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,
and (2) the excess, if any, of: (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at March 30, 2018 (such redemption price being set forth in the table under Section 3.08(a)) plus (ii) all required interest
payments thereon through March 30, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus
50 basis points, over (B) the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus in each case any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Notes to, but excluding, the date of redemption. 

(b) In the event that the Company does not redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, following any such
redemption, at least $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes must remain outstanding. 
 Section 3.08. Optional
Redemption without a Make-Whole Premium 
 (a) At any time and from time to time on or after March 30, 2018, the Company may, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes, set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 
 12-month period
beginning on March 30 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.688	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.844	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) In the event that the Company does not redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding, following any such redemption, at least $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes must remain outstanding. 

Section 3.09. Optional Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings.  

(a) Until March 30, 2017, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), the
Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 107.375% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds
from one or more Public Equity Offerings. The Company may conduct such a redemption, only if: 
 (1) at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Public Equity Offering. 

  
 47 

 Section 3.10. Redemption Upon Changes in Withholding Taxes.  

If, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction which becomes effective after the date of the Offering Memorandum; or (b) any change in the official application or official interpretation of the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction applicable to
the Company or any Guarantor which becomes effective after the date of the Offering Memorandum; the Company or any Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, on the next date for any payment, Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described in
Section 4.22 hereof with respect to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which the Company or Guarantor reasonably determines it cannot avoid by the use of all reasonable measures available to it, then the Company may redeem all, but not less than all,
of the Notes, at any time thereafter, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
redemption date. Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption described in this Section 3.10, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee: 

(1) a certificate signed by an officer of the Company stating that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts or
indemnification payments cannot be avoided by the Company’s or Guarantor’s taking all reasonable measures available to it; and 

(2) a written Opinion of Counsel to the Company of recognized standing to the effect that the Company or Guarantor has or will
become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of a change, amendment, official interpretation or application described above. 

No such notice of redemption may be given more than 90 days before or 365 days after the Company first becomes liable to pay any Additional
Amount or indemnification payments. 
 Section 3.11. Mandatory Redemption.  

The Company shall publish a notice of any redemption of the Notes described in this Article 3 in accordance with the provisions of Section
13.01 hereof. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

  
 48 

 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01.
Payment of Notes.  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the
dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the
New York Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.  

The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency for such purposes. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also
from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location
of any such other office or agency. 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency
of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03. Preservation of Legal Existence, Etc.  

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 

(1) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall

  
 49 

 
determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in
any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.04. Insurance.  

The Company shall maintain, and shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with carriers believed by the Company to be
responsible, against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and coinsurance provisions, as the Company believes are customarily carried by businesses similarly situated and owning like properties,
including as appropriate general liability, property and casualty loss and interruption of business insurance.
 Section 4.05. Reports.
 
 (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee (who, at the Company’s expense and request,
shall furnish to Holders of the Notes): 
 (1) annual financial statements audited by an internationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year; and 
 (2) quarterly
unaudited financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement for the fiscal quarter or quarters then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter or quarters from the prior year) within 60 days of the end of each
of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year after the Issue Date.     
 Such annual and quarterly financial
statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS. 
 (b) The Company shall furnish to Holders of the Notes, prospective investors and
securities analysts, upon the requests of such Holders, prospective investors or securities analysts, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable
under the Exchange Act by Persons who are not “affiliates” under the Securities Act. 
 (c) Delivery of any reports, information
and documents to the Trustee will be for informational purposes only and will not constitute constructive or actual notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s
compliance (or that of any of Restricted Subsidiary) with any of the covenants contained in this Indenture (as to which the Trustee will be entitled to rely conclusively upon an Officer’s Certificate). 

Section 4.06. Compliance Certificate.  

(a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an
Officer’s Certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries
during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing 

  
 50 

 
Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions
and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes
are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 15 Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.07. Taxes.  

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. 
 Section 4.08. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

 Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.09. Limitation on Debt.  

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or in any manner become
directly or indirectly liable with respect to or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise, the payment of (individually and collectively, to “incur” or, as appropriate, an “incurrence”), any Debt
(including any Acquired Debt); provided that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted to incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) if (i) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds
therefrom, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing and (ii) at the time of such incurrence and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, on a pro forma
basis, the Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.25 to 1.0. 

  
 51 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the
following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the incurrence of Debt in respect of the Notes (excluding
Additional Notes) and the Guarantees (including in respect of any Additional Notes); 
 (2) any Debt of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Debt described in another clause of this paragraph) outstanding on the Issue Date; 
 (3)
the incurrence of intercompany Debt between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that; 

(i) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on any such Debt it is (x) unsecured and (y) it is expressly subordinated in
right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash (whether upon Stated Maturity, acceleration or otherwise) and the performance in full of its obligations under the Notes or its Guarantees, as the case may be; and 

(ii) (x) any disposition, pledge or transfer of any such Debt to a Person (other than a disposition, pledge or transfer to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) and (y) any transaction pursuant to which any Restricted Subsidiary that has Debt owing to the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, will, in each case, be
deemed to be an incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this Section 4.09(b)(3); 
 (4) guarantees of the
Company’s Debt or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary by any Restricted Subsidiary that are permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.16; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, asset
backed financings, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other Debt incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price, lease expense or cost of any property or asset, tangible or
intangible, including network assets used in the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s business; provided that the principal amount of such Debt so incurred when aggregated with other Debt previously incurred in reliance on this
Section 4.09(b)(5) (and Permitted Refinancing Debt with respect thereto) and still outstanding shall not in the aggregate exceed the greater of $50.0 million or 4.0% of the Company’s Total Assets; provided further, that the total
principal amount of any Debt incurred in connection with this Section 4.09(b)(5) did not in any case at the time of incurrence exceed (i) the Fair Market Value of the acquired or constructed asset so financed or (ii) in the case of an uncompleted
constructed asset, the amount of the asset to be constructed, as determined on the date the contract for construction of such asset was entered into by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (including, in each case, any reasonable
related fees and expenses incurred in connection with such acquisition, construction or development); 

  
 52 

 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt arising
from agreements providing for guarantees or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets, including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock, other than guarantees or similar
credit support given by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such assets for the purpose of financing such acquisition, provided that the maximum aggregate liability in
respect of all such Debt permitted pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(6) will at no time exceed the net proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving
effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received from the sale of such assets; 
 (7) the incurrence by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under Currency Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into in the
ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (9) the incurrence of Debt by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Debt in respect of workers’ compensation and claims arising under similar legislation, or pursuant to self-insurance obligations and not in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit; 

(10) the incurrence of Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from (i) the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Debt is extinguished within five
Business Days of incurrence, (ii) bankers’ acceptances, performance, surety, judgment, appeal or similar bonds, instruments or obligations and (iii) completion guarantees provided or letters of credit obtained by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) the incurrence by a Person of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange
for or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, replace or refinance Debt incurred by it pursuant to, or described in, Section 4.09(a), Section 4.09(b)(2), Section 4.09(b)(11), as the case may be;

(12) the incurrence of Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility and the issuance and creation
of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 7.0% of the Company’s Total Assets determined as of the date of each
such incurrence; 
 (13) Subordinated Shareholder Loans incurred by the Company; 

(14) in addition to Debt referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above, the incurrence of Debt by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 4.0% of the Company’s Total Assets. 

  
 53 

 (c) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, incur (i) Debt
secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Guarantor Priority Debt of a Guarantor or (iii) Debt of a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, other than, in each case, Permitted Debt (other than Permitted Debt
incurred under Section 4.09(b)(2), Section 4.09(b)(5), Section 4.09(b)(12) and Section 4.09(b)(14) above) if, at the time of such incurrence and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a pro
forma basis, the Priority Debt Leverage Ratio would be greater than 1.75 to 1.0. 
 (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section
4.09, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies shall not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount of Debt that the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary may incur under this Section 4.09. 
 (e) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 4.09: 

(1) obligations with respect to letters of credit, guarantees or Liens, in each case supporting Debt otherwise included in the
determination of such particular amount shall not be included; and 
 (2) accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the
accretion of accreted value, the obligation to pay commitment fees and the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt shall not be treated as Debt. 

(f) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described in this Section 4.09, the Company, in
its sole discretion, shall classify items of Debt and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses and the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of
Debt described in this Section 4.09, and may change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this Section 4.09 at any time. 

Section 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments.  

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (each
of which is a “Restricted Payment” and which are collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”): 

(1) declare or pay any dividend on or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with respect
to any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) (other than (i) to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) to all holders of 

  
 54 

 
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value
than the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would receive on a pro rata basis, provided that any amount so paid or distributed to holders (other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
shall be included in the calculation of the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made after the Issue Date for the purposes of Section 4.10(b) hereof) except for dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of the
Company’s Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Qualified Capital Stock; 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation but excluding any conversion of any Preferred Stock into Capital Stock), directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or any Capital Stock of any Affiliate of the Company held by persons other than the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof) or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock; 

(3) (i) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any
scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Debt or (ii) make any payment of interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts on any Subordinated Shareholder Loan; or

(4) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investment) in any Person; provided that any Permitted Investment made
in reliance on clause (12) of the definition of Permitted Investments shall reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(b)(3) hereof. 

If any Restricted Payment described in this Section 4.10(a) is not made in cash, the amount of the proposed Restricted Payment will be the
Fair Market Value of the asset to be transferred as of the date of transfer. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.10(a) hereof, the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary may make a Restricted Payment if, at the time of and after giving pro forma effect to such proposed Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of such Restricted Payment and such
Restricted Payment will not be an event that is or, after notice of lapse of time or both, would be, an “event of default” under the terms of any Debt of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) of this Indenture; and

(3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made after the Issue Date does not exceed the sum of: 

(i) an amount equal to (x) aggregate EBITDA on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on
the last day of the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate cumulative EBITDA shall be a negative number, minus 100% of such negative amount) less (y) the product of (A)
1.4 and (B) aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense during such period, plus 

  
 55 

 (ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue
Date as capital contributions or from the issuance or sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of shares of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock (including upon the exercise of options, warrants or rights) or warrants, options or rights to purchase
shares of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock (except, in each case to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Debt as set forth in Section 4.10(c)(2) or (c)(3) hereof)
(excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid), plus

 (iii) (x) the amount by which the Company’s Debt or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the
Company’s consolidated balance sheet after the Issue Date upon the conversion or exchange (other than by the Company or its Subsidiary) of such Debt into the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock, and (y) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds
received after the Issue Date by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of Redeemable Capital Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock, to the extent such Redeemable
Capital Stock was originally sold for cash or Cash Equivalents, together with, in the case of both clauses (x) and (y), the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company at the time of such conversion or exchange (excluding the Net Cash
Proceeds from the issuance of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Company or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid), plus 

(iv) (x) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue
Date, an amount (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the initial amount of such Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such
Investment and 

  
 56 

 
net of taxes and (y) in the case of the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (as long as the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was
deemed a Restricted Payment), the Fair Market Value of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary, provided that such amount will not in any case exceed the amount of the Restricted Payment deemed made at the time that the Subsidiary was
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.10(a) and (b) hereof, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary
may take the following actions so long as (with respect to Sections 4.10(c)(2) through (6), Section 4.10(c)(8), and Section 4.10(c)(10)) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing: 

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of its declaration if at such date of its declaration such
payment would have been permitted by the provisions of this Section 4.10; 
 (2) the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or
privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, shares of the Company’s
Qualified Capital Stock or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock; 
 (3) the repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Debt in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of,
shares of the Company’s Qualified Capital Stock; 
 (4) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Debt (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent incurrence (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Permitted Refinancing Debt that is permitted
to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of
stock options or warrants with respect to which payment of the cash exercise price has been forgiven if the cumulative aggregate value of such deemed repurchases does not exceed the cumulative aggregate amount of the exercise price of such options
received; 
 (6) payments or distributions to dissenting shareholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with or in
contemplation of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with Article 5 of this Indenture; 
 (7) cash
payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares pursuant to the exchange or conversion of any exchangeable or convertible securities; 

  
 57 

 (8) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for
value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company, options on any such shares or related stock appreciation rights or similar securities held by directors, officers or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death,
disability, retirement, termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under which such shares of stock or related rights were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid pursuant to this Section 4.10(c)(8) for such
purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of such shares of Capital Stock or related rights after the Issue Date, other than as a result of death or disability, does not exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year of the
Company (with unused amounts in any fiscal year (not exceeding $10.0 million) being permitted to be carried over for the next succeeding fiscal year); provided that the amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.10(c)(8) in any fiscal year
may be increased by an amount not to exceed: (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Capital Stock of the Company to any employees, directors or officers of the Company following the Issue Date, plus (B) the cash proceeds of
“key man” life insurance policies received by the Company since the Issue Date; 
 (9) the declaration and payment
of a one-time special dividend to the equity holders of the Company in the aggregate amount of $100.00 million within 30 days of the Issue Date; and 

(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25.0 million and 2.0% of the Company’s
Total Assets. 
 The actions described in this Section 4.10(c)(1), (c)(6), (c)(7), (c)(8) and (c)(9) are Restricted Payments that will
be permitted to be made in accordance with this Section 4.10(c) but that reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(b)(3) hereof. 

Section 4.11. Reserved  

Section 4.12. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.  

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any
transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets or property or the rendering of any service), with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s Affiliate unless such transaction or series of transactions is entered into in good faith and: 
 (1) such
transaction or series of transactions is on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length
transactions with third parties that are not Affiliates; 
 (2) with respect to any transaction or series of related
transactions involving aggregate payments or the transfer of assets or provision of services, in each case having a value greater than $10.0 million, the Company shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such
transaction or series of transactions complies with Section 4.12(a)(1) hereof; and 
 (3) with respect to any transaction or
series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or the transfer of assets or provision of services, in each case having a value greater than $25.0 million, the Company shall deliver a resolution of its Board of Directors (set out in an
Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee) resolving that such transaction complies with Section 4.12(a)(1) hereof and that the fairness of such transaction has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors, including a
majority of the Disinterested Directors, if any (or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director). 

  
 58 

 For purposes of this Section 4.12(a), the sale of multiple indefeasible rights of use to the same
customer in successive years shall not be considered a series of related transactions. 
 (b) The restrictions set forth in Section 4.12(a)
shall not apply to: 
 (1) customary directors’ fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement and similar arrangements
(including the payment of directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums), consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses, employment agreements and arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements, including stock options or legal
fees, so long as the Board of Directors of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries, as appropriate, has approved the terms thereof in good faith and deemed the services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such compensation or payments to be
fair consideration therefor; 
 (2) any dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) with
respect to any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent not
prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (3) agreements and arrangements existing on the Issue Date (including, without
limitation, the transactions contemplated under such agreements and arrangements) and any amendment, modification or supplement thereto, provided that any such amendment, modification or supplement to the terms thereof is not more
disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes and to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in any material respect than the original agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date and provided, further, that such
amendment or modification is (x) on a basis substantially similar to or more preferable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than that which would be conducted in an arm’s-length transaction with third parties who are not Affiliates and
(y) in the case of any transaction having a Fair Market Value of greater than $25.0 million, approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the Disinterested Directors); 

(4) any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person with which
the Company files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; 

  
 59 

 (5) the issuance of securities pursuant to, or for the purpose of the funding of,
employment arrangements, stock options, and stock ownership plans, as long as the terms thereof are or have been previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; 

(6) the granting and performance of registration rights for the Company’s securities; 

(7) (a) transactions with Affiliates in their capacity as holders of Debt or Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than holders of such Debt or Capital Stock generally, and (b) transactions with Affiliates in their capacity as borrowers of Debt from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so
long as such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than holders of such Debt generally; and 
 (8) transactions between or
among the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Section 4.13. Limitations on Liens.
 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien of any kind or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive any income, profits or proceeds on or with respect to any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, including any shares or stock or
Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether owned at or acquired after the Issue Date, or any income, profits or proceeds therefrom, unless the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the
Guarantees, and all other amounts due under this Indenture are equally and ratably secured with the obligation or liability secured by such Permitted Lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Permitted Lien. 
 Section 4.14. Limitation on Sale of Certain
Assets.  
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the consideration the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives for such Asset Sale is not less than the Fair Market
Value of the assets sold;
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives in
respect of such Asset Sale consists of: 
 (i) cash (including any Net Cash Proceeds received from the conversion within 60
days of such Asset Sale of securities, notes or other obligations received in consideration of such Asset Sale);

  
 60 

 (ii) Cash Equivalents;

(iii) the assumption by the purchaser of (x) the Company’s or any Guarantor’s Debt (other than Subordinated Debt) or
Debt of any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries remains obligated in respect of such Debt or (y) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such Asset Sale, if the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary is released from any guarantee of such Debt as a result of such Asset Sale; 

(iv) Replacement Assets; or

(v) a combination of the consideration specified in Sections 4.14(a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iv) hereof; and 

(3) the Company delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the
provisions described in Sections 4.14(a)(1) and (a)(2) hereof. 
 (b) If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consummates
an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds of the Asset Sale, within 360 days after the consummation of such Asset Sale, may be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(i) invest in any Replacement Assets, 

(ii) repurchase Notes in accordance with Section 3.07 and Section 3.08 hereof, 

(iii) permanently repay or prepay any then outstanding Debt of the Company or a Guarantor (other than Subordinated Debt) or
any Restricted Subsidiary (and to effect a corresponding commitment reduction if such Debt is revolving credit borrowings) owing to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or

(iv) in the case of an Asset Sale by CNL-CWC Networks Inc., to declare or pay any dividend on or make any distribution to all
holders of Capital Stock of CNL-CWC Networks Inc. (so long as it remains a Restricted Subsidiary) on a pro rata basis; provided that any proceeds so distributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be used in accordance with
another clause of this sentence or shall constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined in Section 4.14(c) below), or 
 (v) any
combination of the foregoing.
 (c) The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not so used as set forth in Section 4.14(b) shall constitute
“Excess Proceeds.” Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the
terms of this Indenture. 

  
 61 

 (d) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $40.0 million and 2.5% of
Total Assets, the Company shall, within 15 Business Days, make an offer to purchase (an “Excess Proceeds Offer”) from all Holders of Notes and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on
a pro rata basis and subject to the procedures of DTC, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of the Notes
and any such Pari Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the
principal amount of such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. 
 (e) To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt tendered pursuant to an Excess
Proceeds Offer is less than the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company may use the amount of such Excess Proceeds not used to purchase Notes and Pari Passu Debt for general corporate purposes that are not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof, or holders of such Pari Passu Debt, as the case may be, exceeds the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the
Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt to be purchased will be selected and purchased by the Company on a pro rata basis (based upon the principal amount of Notes and the principal amount or accreted value of such Pari Passu Debt tendered by each
holder). Upon completion of each such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 
 (f) If the Company is
obligated to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company shall purchase the Notes, at the option of the Holders thereof, in whole or in part in minimum amounts of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 above such amount, on a date that is not
earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date the notice of the Excess Proceeds Offer is given to such Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), or such later date as may be required under the Exchange Act. 

(g) If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws and regulations, including any securities laws of Barbados and the requirements of any applicable securities exchange on which Notes are then listed. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Company shall comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached the obligations described in this Section
4.14 by virtue thereof. 
 Section 4.15. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  

(a) The Company shall not enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with respect to any property or assets (whether now owned or hereafter
acquired), unless: 
 (1) the sale or transfer of such property or assets to be leased is treated as an Asset Sale and the
Company complies with Section 4.14 hereof, including the provisions concerning the application of Net Cash Proceeds (treating all of the consideration received in such sale and leaseback transaction as Net Cash Proceeds for the purposes of Section
4.14 hereof);

  
 62 

 (2) the Company would be permitted to incur Debt under Section 4.09(a) hereof in
the amount of the Attributable Debt incurred in respect of such sale and leaseback transaction;
 (3) the Company would be
permitted to grant a Lien to secure Debt under Section 4.13 hereof in the amount of the Attributable Debt in respect of such sale and leaseback transaction; and 

(4) in the case of any sale and leaseback transaction having a Fair Market Value greater than $20.0 million, the gross cash
proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and set out in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the
subject of such sale and leaseback transaction. 
 Section 4.16. Limitation on Guarantees of Debt by Restricted Subsidiaries.  

(a) The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any
other manner become liable for the payment of any Debt of the Company (other than the Notes) or any Guarantor, unless: 
 (1)
(i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and (ii) with
respect to any guarantee of Subordinated Debt by such Restricted Subsidiary, any such guarantee shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Debt is
subordinated to the Notes; and 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.16(a) hereof shall not be applicable to any guarantees of any Guarantor that existed at the time such Person
became a Restricted Subsidiary if the guarantee was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee of the Notes created pursuant to Section 4.16(a) hereof may provide by its terms that it
shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: 
 (1) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person
who is not the Company’s Affiliate, of all of the Capital Stock owned by the Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not
prohibited by this Indenture); or 

  
 63 

 (2) (with respect to any Guarantee created after the Issue Date) the release by
the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s Debt described in Section 4.16(a) hereof, of their guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt other than as
a result of payment under such guarantee), at a time when: 
 (i) no other Debt of the Company or any Guarantor has been
guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (ii) the holders of all such other Debt that is guaranteed by such
Restricted Subsidiary also release their guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Debt other than as a result of payment under such guarantee); or 

(3) the release of the Guarantees on the terms and conditions and in the circumstances described in Section 10.04 hereof. 

 

	Section 4.17.	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.  

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock or any other
interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; 
 (2) pay any Debt owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary;
 (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.17(a) hereof will not apply to: 

(1) encumbrances and restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including,
without limitation the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees and any related documentation, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

  
 64 

 (2) any customary encumbrances or restrictions created under any agreements with
respect to Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred subsequent the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; including encumbrances or restrictions imposed by Debt permitted to be incurred under
Credit Facilities or any guarantees thereof in accordance with such covenant (including restrictions that no dividends shall be paid by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company while a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing);
provided that such agreements do not prohibit the payment of interest with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees absent a default or event of default under such agreement; 

(3) with respect to restrictions or encumbrances referred to in Section 4.17(a)(4) hereof, encumbrances and restrictions: (i)
that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any properties or assets that are subject to a lease, license, conveyance or other similar agreement to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party; and (ii)
contained in operating leases for real property and restricting only the transfer of such real property upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a default in the payment of rent; 

(4) encumbrances or restrictions contained in any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in effect at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 
 (5) encumbrances or restrictions contained in contracts for sales of
Capital Stock or assets permitted by Section 4.14 hereof with respect to the assets or Capital Stock to be sold pursuant to such contract or in customary merger or acquisition agreements (or any option to enter into such contract) for the purchase
or acquisition of Capital Stock or assets or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries by another Person; 
 (6) encumbrances or
restrictions imposed by applicable law or regulation or by governmental licenses, concessions, franchises or permits; 
 (7)
any encumbrances or restrictions existing under any agreement that extends, renews, amends, modifies, restates, supplements, refunds, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in Sections 4.17(b)(1) and (b)(2)
hereof; provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Notes than those under or pursuant to the agreement so extended, renewed,
amended, modified, restated, supplemented, refunded, refinanced or replaced; 
 (8) encumbrances or restrictions on cash or
other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into the ordinary course of business; 
 (9)
customary limitations on the distribution or disposition of assets or property in joint venture agreements entered into the ordinary course of business and in good faith; provided that such encumbrance or restriction is applicable only to
such 

  
 65 

 
Restricted Subsidiary and provided that the Company determines that (i) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes than is customary
in comparable agreements; and (ii) any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the ability of the Company or any Guarantor to make any anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes; 

(10) in the case of Section 4.17(a)(4) hereof, customary encumbrances or restrictions in connection with purchase money
obligations, mortgage financings and Capitalized Lease Obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) encumbrances or restrictions existing under Subordinated Shareholder Loans; provided that the Company determines
that (i) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable agreements and (ii) any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the ability of
the Company or any Guarantor to make any anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes; or 
 (12) any encumbrance
or restriction arising by reason of customary non-assignment provisions in agreements. 
 Section 4.18. Limitation on Designation of
Unrestricted and Restricted Subsidiaries.  
 (a) The Company’s Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary
(including newly acquired or newly established Subsidiaries) to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” only if: 

(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation; 

(2) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) at the time of designation
(assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to Section 4.10(b) hereof in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the net book value of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary calculated in accordance with IFRS or (ii) the Fair
Market Value of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary; 
 (3) the Company would be permitted under this Indenture to
incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof at the time of such designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation); 

(4) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has a contract, agreement, arrangement, understanding or obligation of
any kind, whether written or oral, with such Subsidiary unless the terms of such contract, arrangement, understanding or obligation comply with Section 4.12 hereof had such Subsidiary been an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the entering into or incurring
the same; 

  
 66 

 (5) such Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock, Redeemable Capital Stock or
Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any property or assets of, or have any Investment in, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

(6) such Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation that, if in
default, would result (with the passage of time or notice or otherwise) in a default on any of the Company’s Debt or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; 

(7) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or
indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and 
 (8) such Subsidiary is a
Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation to: 

(i) subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or 

(ii) maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results. 
 In the event of any such designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted
Payment pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof for all purposes of this Indenture in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the net book value of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary calculated in accordance with IFRS or (ii) the Fair Market Value
of the Company’s interest in such Subsidiary. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time: 
 (1) provide a guarantee of, or similar credit support to, any Debt of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary (including of any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt); provided that the Company may pledge Capital Stock or Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary on a nonrecourse basis as long as the pledge has
no claim whatsoever against the Company other than to obtain such pledged property, except to the extent permitted under Sections 4.10 and 4.12 hereof; 

(2) be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the extent permitted under Sections
4.10 and 4.12 hereof; or 
 (3) be directly or indirectly liable for any other Debt that provides that the holder thereof to
(upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon (or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity) upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any other Debt that is Debt of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any corresponding right to take Enforcement Action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

  
 67 

 (c) The Company’s Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of
or will occur and be continuing after giving effect to such designation; and 
 (2) unless such designated Subsidiary shall
not have any Debt outstanding (other than Debt that would be Permitted Debt), immediately before and after giving effect to such proposed designation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Debt of such designated Subsidiary
as if such Debt was incurred on the date of the designation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof. 

Any such designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary by the Company’s Board of Directors will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors with the Trustee giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions, and giving the
effective date of such designation. Any such filing with the Trustee must occur within 45 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which such designation is made (or, in the case of a designation made during the last fiscal quarter
of the Company’s fiscal year, within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year). 
 Section 4.19. Payments for Consent.  

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees
unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.20. Currency Indemnity.  

The Company and each Guarantor shall pay all sums payable under this Indenture or the Notes solely in dollars. Any amount that a Holder or the
Trustee (each, a “Payee”) of Notes receives or recovers in a currency other than dollars in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company or any Guarantor will only constitute a discharge of the Notes to the extent
of the dollar amount which such Payee is able to purchase with the amount received or recovered in that other currency on the date of the receipt or recovery or, if it is not practicable to make the purchase on that date, on the first date on which
such Payee is able to do so. If the dollar amount is less than the dollar amount expressed to be due to such Payee under any Note, the Company and the Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify such Payee against any loss it sustains as a
result. In any event, the Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify such Payee against the cost of making any purchase of dollars. For the purposes of this Section 4.20, it will be sufficient for such Payee to certify in a
satisfactory manner that such Payee would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery or, if it was not practicable to make the

  
 68 

 
purchase on that date, on the first date on which such Payee was able to do so. In addition, such Payee shall also be required to certify in a satisfactory manner the need for a change of the
purchase date. 
 Section 4.21. Further Assurances.  

Upon exercise by the Trustee or any holder of any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Indenture which requires consent, approval, recording,
qualification or authorization of any governmental authority, upon request, the Company will, and will cause each other Guarantor to, execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that may
reasonably be required from the Company or any of other Guarantor for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization. 

Section 4.22. Additional Amounts.  

(a) All payments that the Company makes under or with respect to the Notes or that the Guarantors make under or with respect to the Guarantees
shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and other similar
liabilities related thereto) of whatever nature (collectively, “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) Barbados or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax, (2) any
jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or the relevant Guarantee is made on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, or (3) any other
jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is organized or resident, or any political or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clauses (1), (2) and (3), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),
unless the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration of law. If the Company or a Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account
of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall pay additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary to ensure
that the net amount received by each Holder of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (including withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder) shall not be less than the amount the Holder would have received
if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted. 
 (b) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, however, pay Additional Amounts to a
Holder or Beneficial Owner of a Note: 
 (1) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have
been imposed but for the Holder’s or Beneficial Owner’s present or former connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of a Note or by reason of the receipt of payments
thereunder or under any Guarantee or the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes or this Indenture or under any Guarantee); 

  
 69 

 (2) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have
been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or Beneficial Owner of Notes, following the Company’s written request addressed to the Holder given at least 30 days before any such withholding or deduction is to be made, to the extent such
Holder or Beneficial Owner is legally entitled to do so, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or Beneficial Owner is not
resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction); provided such compliance is not materially more onerous, in form, in procedure or in substance of information disclosed, to such Holder or Beneficial Owner than the information or other reporting
requirements under United States federal tax law, regulation and administrative practice (including, but not limited to, Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9); 

(3) with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property tax or any similar Taxes;

(4) if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or Person other than the sole Beneficial Owner of such payment and the Taxes
giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed on such payment had such Holder been the beneficiary, partner or sole Beneficial Owner, as the case may be, of such Note (but only if there is no material cost or expense associated
with transferring such Note to such beneficiary, partner or sole Beneficial Owner and no restriction on such transfer that is outside the control of such beneficiary, partner or sole Beneficial Owner); 

(5) to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the
Holder of any Note, where presentation is required, for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later; 

(6) with respect to any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and that is required to made
pursuant to the European Council Directive on the taxation of savings income which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to such directive (the “EU
Savings Tax Directive”) or is required to be made pursuant to the Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation dated October 26, 2004 providing for measures equivalent to those laid down in the EU Savings Tax
Directive (the “EU Swiss Savings Tax Agreement”) or any law or other governmental regulation implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such agreement; 

(7) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments on, or in respect of, the applicable
Note or Guarantee; and 
 (8) with respect to any combination of the items listed above. 

  
 70 

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors will (1) make such withholding or deduction required by
applicable law and (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company and the Guarantors will obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so
deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Company and the Guarantors will provide to the Trustee either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably
available to the Company or such Guarantor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Company or such Guarantor. 

(d) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company or
the Guarantors shall be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and
payable, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts shall be payable and the amounts so payable and shall set forth such other
information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. The Company and the Guarantors shall promptly publish a notice in accordance with Section 13.01 stating that such Additional Amounts will be
payable and describing the obligation to pay such amounts. 
 (e) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and
hold harmless the Holders of Notes, and, upon written request of any Holder of Notes, reimburse such Holder for the amount of (1) any Taxes levied or imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and payable by such Holder in connection with payments
made under or with respect to the Notes held by such Holder or any Guarantees; and (2) any Taxes levied or imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clause (1) or this clause (2), so that the net amount received by such Holder
after such reimbursement shall not be less than the net amount such Holder would have received if the Taxes giving rise to the reimbursement described in clauses (1) and/or (2) had not been imposed; provided, however, that the
indemnification obligation provided for in this Section 4.22(e) shall not extend to Taxes imposed for which the eligible Holder of the Notes would not have been eligible to receive payment of Additional Amounts hereunder or to the extent such Holder
received Additional Amounts with respect to such payments. 
 (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay any present or future stamp,
issue, registration, court, documentation, excise or other similar taxes, charges and duties, including interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in respect of the execution, issue, registration or
delivery of the Notes or any Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to thereunder and any such taxes, charges or duties imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of, or in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes or any Guarantee
and/or any other such document or instrument. 
 (g) In order to comply with applicable tax laws (inclusive of rules, regulations and
interpretations promulgated by competent authorities) related to the Indenture in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”) that a foreign financial institution, issuer, trustee, paying agent or

  
 71 

 
other party is or has agreed to be subject to, the Company agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee sufficient information about the parties and/or transactions (including any modification to the
terms of such transactions) so the Trustee can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law, (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments to the extent necessary to comply with
Applicable Law for which the Trustee shall not have any liability. The terms of this Section 4.22(g) shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 

(h) The provisions of this Section 4.22 shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis
mutandis to any successor Person to the Company or any Guarantor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor
or its respective agents. Whenever this Indenture refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts
or indemnification payments as described hereunder, if applicable. 
 Section 4.23. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  

(a) If a Change of Control occurs at any time, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of
Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to purchase such Holder’s Notes, in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant regular record dates that are prior to the
Change of Control Purchase Date to receive interest due on an interest payment date). Purchases made under a Change of Control Offer shall also be subject to the other procedures set forth in this Indenture. 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall: 

(1) for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the
rules of such exchange so require, publish a notice of the Change of Control Offer as described in Section 13.01 below; and 

(2) deliver notice of the Change of Control Offer, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such
Holder appearing in the security register, which notice shall state: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has occurred, and the
date it occurred; 
 (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including, but not limited
to, applicable information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to the Change of Control); 

  
 72 

 (iii) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the Change of Control Purchase
Date, which will be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act and any applicable securities laws or
regulations; 
 (iv) that any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue
interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date unless the Change of Control Purchase Price is not paid; 
 (v) that any
Note (or part thereof) not tendered will continue to accrue interest; and 
 (vi) any other procedures that a Holder must
follow to accept a Change of Control Offer or to withdraw such acceptance. 
 (c) To the extent funded by the Company, the Paying Agent
shall promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so accepted the Change of Control Purchase Price for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and deliver a new Note or Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of Notes
surrendered, if any, to the Holder of Notes in global form or to each Holder of certificated Notes; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 above such amount. The Company
will publicly announce the results of a Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

(d) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at
the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer at a
tender offer purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. The Change of Control provisions described in this Section 4.23 shall be applicable whether or not
any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.
 (e) The Company shall comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws and regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 

Section 4.24. Listing 
 In
the event that the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such listing; provided, that if such listing of the Notes shall be
obtained and it subsequently becomes impracticable or unduly burdensome, in the good faith determination of the Company, to maintain, due to changes in listing requirements occurring subsequent to the Issue Date, the

  
 73 

 
Company may de-list the Notes from the Luxembourg Stock Exchange; and, in the event of any such de-listing, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an alternative
admission to listing, trading and/or quotation of the Notes by another listing authority, exchange or system within or outside the European Union as it may reasonably decide, provided, that if such alternative admission is not available or
is, in the Company’s reasonable opinion, unduly burdensome, the Company shall have no further obligation in respect of any listing of the Notes. 

ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.  

(a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or through a series of transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or
sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, or take any action pursuant to any resolution passed by the Company’s Board of Directors or shareholders with respect to a demerger or division pursuant to which the Company would
dispose of, all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any other Person or Persons and the Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions if such
transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis to any other Person or Persons. The foregoing shall not apply if: 
 (1) at the time of, and
immediately after giving effect to, any such transaction or series of transactions, either (A) the Company will be the continuing corporation or (B) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or to
which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis has been made (the “Surviving
Entity”): 
 (i) shall be a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Bermuda, Cayman
Islands, Barbados, Trinidad & Tobago or the United States of America, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; and 

(ii) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the trustee, the Company’s obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture, and the Notes and this Indenture will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented; 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any
obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with or as a result of such transaction or series of transactions as having been incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no
Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; 

  
 74 

 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions
on a pro forma basis (on the assumption that the transaction or series of transactions occurred on the first day of the four-quarter fiscal period immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or series of transactions with the
appropriate adjustments with respect to the transaction or series of transactions being included in such pro forma calculation), the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not the continuing obligor under this Indenture) could incur at
least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof;
 (4) any Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the
transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee will apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; 

(5) any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets would thereupon become subject to any
Lien, the provisions of Section 4.13 hereof are complied with; and 
 (6) the Company or the Surviving Entity will have
delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate (attaching the computations to demonstrate compliance with Sections 5.01(a)(2) and (a)(3) hereof) and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, and if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with the requirements of this
Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that this Indenture and the Notes constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the continuing person, enforceable in accordance
with their terms. 
 (b) Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the
Guarantee and this Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof) will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than
the Company or any other Guarantor unless: 
 (1) the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will be a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws Bermuda, Cayman Islands, Barbados, Trinidad & Tobago or the
United States of America, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 (2) the entity expressly assumes by a
supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee, and this Indenture and the Guarantee and this Indenture will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented; 

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
and 
 (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma
basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of Section 5.01(a)(2) and (a)(3) hereof. 

  
 75 

 (c) Nothing in this Indenture will prevent (i) any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is not
a Guarantor from consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Guarantor from merging into or transferring all or
part of its properties and assets to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 (d) The Company shall promptly publish a notice of any
consolidation, merger or sale of assets described above in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.01 hereof. 
 Section 5.02.
Successor Corporation Substituted.  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or any Guarantor in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the Surviving Entity or Guarantor formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company or such Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, in the case of the Company the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Surviving Entity or Guarantor and
not to the Company and in the case of a Guarantor the provisions of this Indenture referring to any “Guarantor” shall instead refer to such successor Person and not such Guarantor), and may exercise every right and power of the Company
under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided, that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets the
Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section
6.01. Events of Default.  
 (a) Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of any interest or any Additional Amounts on any Note; 

(2) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or
mandatory redemption, if any, required repurchase or otherwise); 
 (3) failure to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01
hereof; 

  
 76 

 (4) failure to make or consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.14 hereof; 
 (5) failure to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or pay the Change of
Control Purchase Price when due, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.23 hereof; 
 (6) failure to comply with any
covenant or agreement of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary described under Article 4 above (other than as specified in Sections 6.01(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4) or (a)(5) hereof) and such failure continues for a period of 30 days or more
after the written notice specified in Section 6.02(a); 
 (7) failure to comply with any other covenant or agreement of the
Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary in the Notes, this Indenture or any Guarantees and such failure continues for a period of 60 days or more after the written notice specified in Section 6.02(a); 

(8) default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing the Debt of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount in excess of $50.0 million individually or in the aggregate, if that default: (x) results in the acceleration of the payment of such Debt or (y) is caused by the failure to pay such Debt at final
maturity thereof after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods and other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment and such failure to make any payment has not been waived or the maturity of such Debt has not been
extended, and in either case the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its equivalent at the time; 

(9) any Guarantee ceases to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor, not to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than as provided for in this Indenture or any Guarantee); 

(10) one or more final judgments, orders or decrees (not subject to appeal and not covered by insurance) rendered against the
Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, either individually or in an aggregate amount, in each case in excess of $50.0 million, and either a creditor shall have commenced an enforcement proceeding upon such judgment, order or decree or
there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive days or more during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree was not (by reason of pending appeal or otherwise) in effect; and

(11) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary;
 Section 6.02. Acceleration.  

(a) If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(a)(11) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not
less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if 

  
 77 

 
such notice is given by the Holders) may, and the Trustee, upon the written request of such Holders, shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, any Additional Amounts and accrued interest
on all of the outstanding Notes immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration all such amounts payable in respect of the Notes will become immediately due and payable. 

(b) If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(11) hereof occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, any
Additional Amounts, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes. 

(c) At any time after a declaration of acceleration under this Indenture, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has
been obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind such declaration and its consequences if: 

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 

(i) all overdue interest and Additional Amounts on all Notes then outstanding; 

(ii) all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on any outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such
declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; 
 (iii) to the extent that payment of such
interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes; and 
 (iv) all
sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; 

(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and 

(3) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts
and interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. 
 No such rescission
shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.  

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and
interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

  
 78 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in
the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.  

(a) The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the
Holders of all the Notes, waive any past defaults under this Indenture, except a default: 
 (1) in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts or interest on any Note; or
 (2) in respect of a covenant or provision
which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note outstanding. 
 Section 6.05.
Limitation on Suits.  
 No Holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to this Indenture or
any remedy thereunder, unless the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a written request, and offered indemnity or security, satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee
under the Notes and this Indenture, the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 30 days after receipt of such notice and the Trustee within such 30-day period has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional
Amounts or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 
 Section 6.06. Rights of Holders of Notes
to Receive Payment.  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or
prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 

Section 6.07. Notice of Default.  

(a) If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has been notified in writing of such
Default or Event of Default, the Trustee shall deliver to each Holder of the Notes notice of the Default or Event of Default within 

  
 79 

 
15 Business Days after it has been notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any,
Additional Amounts or interest on any Notes, the Trustee may withhold the notice to the Holders of such Notes if a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.  

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (a)(2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment
in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.05 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.05 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and
shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any
Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10. Priorities.
 
 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following
order: 
 First: to the Trustee and its respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.05 hereof,
including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

  
 80 

 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.  

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant
to Section 6.05 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 Section 6.12.
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.  
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any such power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.  

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

  
 81 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to
it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest or investment income on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.  

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document but will examine the documents to determine if they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

  
 82 

 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee an indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(h) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not
be construed as duties. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations
under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics;
riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions; it being understood that the Trustee shall
use its best efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. In the event the Trustee is unable to perform its duties, it shall provide notice to the Company. 

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(l) The Trustee is not to be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or knowledge of any cure of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such Default or Event of Default from the Company or any Holder.

  
 83 

 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.  

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days. 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.  

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Compensation and Indemnity.  

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.
The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made
by it in addition to the compensation for its services. All amounts set forth in the separate fee letter entered into prior to the date hereof are deemed reasonable. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses
of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against
any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and
the Guarantors (including this Section 7.05) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so
notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and
the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.05 will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 84 

 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section
7.05, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(a)(11) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law Event. 

(f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.06. Replacement of Trustee.  

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.06. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company
may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.08 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law Event; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.08
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.05 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.06, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.05 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

  
 85 

 Section 7.07. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.  

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee; provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 7, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of
authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee of to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its
successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation. 
 Section 7.08. Eligibility; Disqualification.  

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b). 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.  

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate and
at any time prior to the Stated Maturity, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

  
 86 

 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.  

(a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall
thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes,
the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations to
issue temporary Notes, register, transfer or exchange any Notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, maintain an office or agency for payments in respect of the Notes and segregate and hold such payments in trust; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 

(b) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise
of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.  

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.08 through 4.18, 4.23, and 4.24 Sections 5.01(a)(3)
and 5.01(b)(4) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other
purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors
may omit to comply with and shall have no 

  
 87 

 
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by
reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the
remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3) through 6.01(a)(10) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.  

(a) In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited in trust with the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes, cash in dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without any reinvestment,
to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must (i) specify in an Officer’s Certificate whether
the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; and (ii) if applicable, have delivered to the Trustee an irrevocable notice to redeem all of the outstanding Notes of such principal, premium, if any, and interest; 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee stating that: 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service a ruling, or
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either
case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 88 

 (4) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing (i) on
the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or (ii) insofar as bankruptcy or Bankruptcy Law Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(11) hereof is
concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 123rd day (or, if longer, the applicable preference or “suspect” period in such country) after the date of such deposit; 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee for the Notes to have a conflicting interest as
defined herein and for purposes of the TIA with respect to any of the Company’s securities; 
 (6) such Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit), this Indenture or any material
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound; 

(7) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an
investment company within the meaning of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder; 

(8) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the country of the Company’s incorporation to the
effect that after the 123rd day (or, if longer, the applicable preference or “suspect” period in such country) following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that the Trustee shall have a perfected security interest in such trust funds for the ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes 
 (9) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit
was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others, or removing assets beyond
the reach of the relevant creditors or increasing debts of the Company to the detriment of the relevant creditors; 
 (10) no
event or condition shall exist that would prevent the Company from making payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the date of such deposit or at any time ending on the 123rd day (or, if longer, the applicable
preference or “suspect” period in such country) after the date of such deposit; and 
 (11) the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

  
 89 

 (b) If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when due because of any acceleration occurring after an Event of Default, then the Company and the Guarantors shall remain liable for such payments. 

 

	Section 8.05.	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.  

(a) Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or
other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06. Repayment to Company.  

Subject to any applicable unclaimed property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or
(if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such
trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company
cause a notice to such effect to be published once (i) in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London (which may be Financial Times) and in New York (which may be The Wall Street Journal); (ii) through the newswire service of Bloomberg
or, if Bloomberg does not then operate, any similar agency; and (iii) if at the time of such notice the Notes are listed on any securities exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, published in accordance with the rules of such exchange.

  
 90 

 Section 8.07. Reinstatement.  

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as
the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

(a) Without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees: 
 (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the
assumption by any such successor of the covenants in this Indenture and in the Notes in accordance with Article 5 hereof; 

(2) to add to the Company’s covenants and those of any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in this Indenture, in the Notes or in any Guarantees; 

(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees that may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees; provided that, in
each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes; 
 (4) to release any
Guarantor in accordance with and if permitted by the terms of and limitations set forth in this Indenture to add a Guarantor or other guarantor under this Indenture;

(5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

  
 91 

 (6) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder of the Notes; 
 (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of a successor Trustee under this Indenture; 

(8) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this
Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the
Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; 

(9) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the
Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; 

(10) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes as additional security for the payment and performance of the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, in any property, or assets; and 

(11) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with and if permitted by the terms of and limitations set
forth in this Indenture. 
 (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental
indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture (as determined by the Company) and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such
amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.  

(a) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to amend or supplement this Indenture; provided that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of or Additional Amounts or interest on, any Note; 

(2) reduce the principal amount of any Note (or Additional Amounts or premium, if any) or the rate of or change the time for
payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 92 

 (3) change the coin or currency in which the principal of any Note or any premium
or any Additional Amounts or the interest thereon is payable; 
 (4) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
of any payment on any Notes; 
 (5) amend, change or modify the obligation to make and consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer
with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.14 hereof or the obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.23 hereof, including, in each case, amending,
changing or modifying any definition relating thereto; 
 (6) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent
to any amendment, supplement or waiver of provisions of this Indenture; 
 (7) modify any of the provisions relating to
supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders of the Notes or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of outstanding Notes required for such actions or to
provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby; 

(8) except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of the
Company’s rights or obligations under this Indenture; 
 (9) release any Guarantees except in compliance with the terms
of this Indenture; 
 (10) make any change to any provisions of this Indenture affecting the ranking or subordination
provisions of the Notes or the Guarantees, in each case in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, a change to Section 4.13 and Section 4.15 does not adversely affect the ranking of the
Notes); or
 (11) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 4.22 hereof that adversely
affects the rights of any Holder of the Notes or amend the terms of the Notes or this Indenture in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct
Taxes so described thereunder unless the Company or the Guarantors agree to pay Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof in the supplemental indenture. 

Section 9.03. Supplemental Indenture.  

(a) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of 

  
 93 

 
Notes as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly
affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

(b) It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.03 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (c) After an amendment, supplement
or waiver under this Section 9.03 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.06 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.  

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  

(a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter
authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

(b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.  

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture and Note authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does
not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or
supplemental indenture or Note the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the 

  
 94 

 
documents required by Section 13.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or Note is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01.
Guarantees.  
 (a) Subject Articles 10 and 11, each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby fully and unconditionally, on an
unsecured basis, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the
Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes shall be promptly
paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the maturity of the Notes, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and
severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) Subject to Articles 10 and 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee
or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
 (d) Each
Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 

  
 95 

 Section 10.02. Subrogation.  

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the
Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of its Guarantee. 
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.  

(a) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
 (b) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 (c) The
delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

Section 10.04. Releases.  

(a) A Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released: 

(1) in connection with any sale or disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either
before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.14 hereof; 

(2) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with
Section 4.18 hereof; or 
 (3) upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereto or satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture in accordance Article 12. 
 (b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee as provided in this
Section 10.04 shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 96 

 Section 10.05. Limitation of Guarantees.  

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited under the
relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers or transactions under value) to the
maximum amount payable such that such Guarantees shall not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, voidable preference, a transaction under value or unlawful financial assistance or otherwise cause the Guarantor to be insolvent
under relevant law or such Guarantee to be void, unenforceable or ultra vires or cause the directors of such Guarantor to be held in breach of applicable corporate or commercial law providing for such Guarantee. 

Section 10.06. No Waiver.  

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article
10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified
are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, at equity, by statute or otherwise. 

Section 10.07. Modification.  

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in
any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in
any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstance. 
 ARTICLE 11 

SUBORDINATION 
 Section 11.01.
Subordination of the Guarantees  
 Each of the Guarantors agrees and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that all payments
pursuant to the Notes and the Guarantees made by or on behalf of such Guarantors are subordinated to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 11 to all existing and future obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantor Priority Debt
and that such subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of the Guarantor Priority Debt. The Notes and each Guarantee shall in all respects rank senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Debt of the Company and
the Guarantors.
 Section 11.02. Enforcement Standstills in Relation to the Guarantees  

No Guarantee may become due, and neither the Holders of the Notes nor the Trustee may take any Enforcement Action against a Guarantor without
the prior consent of the applicable Senior Agents unless: 
 (a) unless a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(11) with
respect to such Guarantor shall have occurred and be continuing; or 

  
 97 

 (b) a Default has occurred under Section 6.01(a); and 

(1) the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) or the Trustee
have notified the applicable Senior Agents; and 
 (2) a period of not less than 90 days (in the case of a payment Default)
or 179 days (in the case of a non-payment Default) has passed from the date the applicable Senior Agents were notified of the Default (a “Standstill Period”); and 

(3) at the end of the Standstill Period, the Default is continuing and has not been waived by the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 11.03. Subordination on Insolvency  

(a) In the event of any distribution to the creditors of a Guarantor: 

(1) in a liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; 

(2) in an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, receivership, administration, voluntary arrangement or similar
proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property; 
 (3) in an assignment for the benefit of the creditors of such
Guarantor; or 
 (4) in any marshaling of such Guarantor’s assets and liabilities, the holders of Guarantor Priority
Debt shall be paid in full in cash for all obligations in respect of such Guarantor Priority Debt (including interest after the commencement of any proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Guarantor Priority Debt whether or not allowed or
allowable in any such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Guarantee of such Guarantor (except that Holders of Notes may receive and
retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust (if any) under Article 8 hereof, provided that no payment blockage under Section 11.04 hereof shall have been in effect at the time of the deposit of funds into such
trust); 
 (b) In the event of any event mentioned in Section 11.03(a) above: (i) each Holder of the Notes irrevocably authorizes, empowers
and directs any debtor, debtor in possession, receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, conservator or other Person having authority, to pay or otherwise deliver all such payments (other than Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the
trust (if any) described under Article 8) to the Senior Agents; and (ii) the Senior Agents are authorized to demand, sue for, collect, and receive every payment or distribution in respect of the Notes when due and owing and give acquittance therefor
and to file claims and proofs of claim and take such other action (including voting the Notes or any Enforcement Action) as they may deem necessary or advisable in their sole discretion. 

  
 98 

 (c) Upon written notice to the Trustee by the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt or a
representative thereof, if any payment or distribution (whether in the form of cash, securities or other property) on account of the Notes and the Guarantees not permitted to be made by any Guarantor or accepted by the Trustee or a Holder of a Note
under this Indenture or as a result of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, or any agreement or instrument executed in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees is made and received by or on behalf of the Trustee or such
Holder of a Note, the full amount of such payment shall not be commingled with any of the assets of the Trustee or of such Holder of a Note, shall be held in trust by the Trustee or such Holder of a Note for the benefit of the holders or Senior
Agents of the relevant Guarantor Priority Debt, as applicable, and shall be promptly paid over to the Senior Agent or any other proper representative of the holders of the relevant Guarantor Priority Debt for application to the payment of the
Guarantor Priority Debt then remaining unpaid, until all of the Guarantor Priority Debt is paid in cash in full. 
 (d) Nothing in
this Indenture shall be construed to impair or affect the obligations of the Guarantors to the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt to pay the Guarantor Priority Debt as and when such Guarantor Priority Debt shall become due and payable in accordance
with its terms, or to impair or affect the obligations of the Guarantors or the rights and remedies of the holders of the relevant Guarantor Priority Debt against the Guarantors, as set forth in any agreement or instrument pursuant to which
Guarantor Priority Debt is incurred or available pursuant to applicable law.
 (e) All rights and interest of the holders of Guarantor
Priority Debt shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any document evidencing the Guarantor Priority Debt; (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of,
all or any of the Guarantor Priority Debt, or any other amendment or waiver of or any release or consent to departure from any agreement or instrument pursuant to which Guarantor Priority Debt is incurred or available pursuant to applicable law;
(iii) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral for all or any of the Guarantor Priority Debt; (iv) any failure of any holder of Guarantor Priority Debt to assert any claim or to enforce any right or remedy against any other party;
(v) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the Guarantor Priority Debt for any reason (other than payment in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense
(other than the defense of payment in full) or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of invalidity, illegality, non-genuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence
affecting, any Guarantor Priority Debt; and (vi) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense (other than payment in full) available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Guarantor Priority Debt or any Holder of
the Notes. 
 (f) No right of any present or future holder of any Guarantor Priority Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall
at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Guarantor or by any act or failure to act by any such holder of any Guarantor Priority Debt, or by any noncompliance by any Guarantor with the terms,
provisions and covenants of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, or any agreement or instrument executed in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, regardless of any knowledge thereof any holder of Guarantor Priority
Debt may have or with which such 

  
 99 

 
holder of Guarantor Priority Debt may be otherwise charged. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, holders of Guarantor Priority Debt may, at any time and from time to time,
without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Indenture or the
obligations hereunder of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes to the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt, do any one or more of the following: 

(1) change the manner, place or terms of payment (including any change in the rate of interest) or extend the time of payment
of, or amend, modify, renew or alter, or grant any waiver or release with respect to, or consent to any departure from, Guarantor Priority Debt; 

(2) take or hold security for the payment of the Guarantor Priority Debt and exchange, enforce, foreclose upon, waive and
release any such security; 
 (3) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise
securing Guarantor Priority Debt and apply any such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the holders of the Guarantor Priority Debt, in their sole discretion, may determine; 

(4) release or substitute any Guarantor or any other Person liable in any manner for the collection of Guarantor Priority Debt;

 (5) fail or delay in the perfection of Liens securing or purporting to secure the Guarantor Priority Debt; 

(6) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Guarantor, any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any other
Person; or 
 (7) apply any sums received from time to time to the Guarantor Priority Debt as the holders of the Guarantor
Priority Debt, in their sole discretion, may determine. 
 (g) The Company, each Guarantor, each Holder, by its acceptance of Notes, and the
Trustee hereby agree that the Senior Agents may demand specific performance of this Indenture with respect to any provision relating to the Guarantor Priority Debt. The Trustee is hereby authorized (without any further consent of the Holders of
the Notes), on behalf of itself and the Holders of the Notes to waive, and hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense which might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any
action which may be brought by the Senior Agents. 
 (h) Each Guarantor, each Holder of a Note and the Trustee hereby waives to the fullest
extent permitted by law: 
 (i) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance or any other notice with respect to any
expression of this Indenture relating to the Guarantor Priority Debt, any requirement that any holder of Guarantor Priority Debt secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien on any 

  
 100 

 
property subject thereto or exhaust any right to take action against any Guarantor or any other Person or any collateral, any presentment for payment, notice of non-payment or nonperformance,
demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonor or default with respect to the Guarantor Priority Debt;
 (ii)
defenses to pay or perform based upon any of the Guarantor Priority Debt not being a valid and binding obligation of any Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms (notwithstanding bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws and other laws affecting
generally the protection of debtors or rights of creditors); and
 (iii) any disability of a Guarantor or defense available
to a Guarantor (other than payment in full) with respect to the Guarantor Priority Debt, including absence or cessation of liability for any reason whatsoever. 

(i) Upon any payment or distribution, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent
jurisdiction in which such insolvency proceeding described in Section 11.03(a) is pending for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in any payment or distribution, the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt or any other Debt,
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section.

(j) If the Trustee or any Holder of a Note does not file a proper claim or proof of debt as shall be necessary in order to have the claims of
the Trustee or such holder of a Note allowed in any insolvency proceeding described in Section 11.03(a) by or against any Guarantor or their respective property in the form required in any such insolvency proceeding, at least 30 days prior to the
last day fixed by statute, court rule or court order for the filing of the expiration of such claim or proof of debt, then the Senior Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized and shall have the right (but not the obligation) to file an appropriate
claim or proof of debt in such insolvency proceeding for and on behalf of the Trustee and such Holder of a Note (it being agreed that neither the Senior Agent nor any holders of the Guarantor Priority Debt shall have any liability to the
Trustee or any such Holder of a Note in connection with any such filing). The Trustee and each Holder of a Note hereby unconditionally and irrevocably appoints, and each other holder of any Subordinated Debt, by its acceptance thereof,
unconditionally and irrevocably appoints, the Senior Agent as attorney-in-fact for such Person for the purpose of (i) filing any such claim or proof of debt or other instrument of similar character in accordance with the foregoing and (ii) otherwise
acting in any insolvency proceeding described in Section 11.03(a) in the capacity as such holder of a Note (but excluding the right to vote to accept or reject any plan of reorganization, composition, arrangement or liquidation) to the extent
provided by applicable law. The Trustee, each Holder of a Note and each other holder of Subordinated Debt, by its acceptance thereof, agrees that it will execute and deliver such other and further powers of attorney or other documents as the
Senior Agent or any holders of the Guarantor Priority Debt may reasonably request in order to accomplish the foregoing. 

  
 101 

 Section 11.04. Payment Blockage.  

(a) A Guarantor may not make any payment in respect of its Guarantee (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust (if any)
described Article 8 provided that no payment blockage under this Section 11.04 shall have been in effect at the time of the deposit of funds into such trust) if: 

(1) a payment default (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise) on Guarantor Priority Debt of such Guarantor
has occurred and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or 
 (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on
any Guarantor Priority Debt of such Guarantor that permits the holders of that Guarantor Priority Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the holders of
such Guarantor Priority Debt or a representative thereof. 
 (b) Payments on any such Guarantee of a Guarantor may and will be resumed: 

(1) in the case of a payment default, when such default is cured or waived; or 

(2) in the case of a non-payment default, upon the earlier of the date on which such non-payment default is cured or waived and
179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee, unless the maturity of any Guarantor Priority Debt has been accelerated. 

(c) No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be
made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 

  
 102 

 Section 11.05. Intercreditor Arrangements. 

(a) Each Guarantor and the Trustee will be authorized (without any further consent of the Holders of the Notes) to enter into any intercreditor
agreement or deed in favor of the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt to give effect to the preceding subordination provisions of this Indenture described in this Article 11 as well as such other subordination provisions as are customary for a
transaction of this nature (including among other matters, legends, waterfall provisions, and agreements to not contest the priority or security of the Guarantor Priority Debt). Such preceding subordination provisions shall constitute a
continuing offer to all persons who become holders of or continue to hold Guarantor Priority Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Guarantor Priority Debt and such holders shall be obligees under this Indenture and any
one or more of them may enforce such subordination provisions.
 (b) The subordination provisions may not be amended or modified in a manner
adverse to the holders of any Guarantor Priority Debt without the written consent of such holders. 
 (c) Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary, each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, shall be deemed to have: 

(1) appointed and authorized the Trustee to give effect to such subordination provisions; 

(2) authorized the Trustee to become a party to any future intercreditor arrangements described above; 

(3) agreed to be bound by such subordination provisions (including, without limitation, standstill, payment blockage and
specific performance provisions) and provisions of any future intercreditor arrangements described above that do not materially adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Notes; and 

(4) irrevocably appointed the Trustee to act on its behalf to enter into and comply with such subordination provisions and the
provisions of any future intercreditor arrangements described above. 
 Section 11.06. Applicability to the Trustee. 

Nothing in this Article 11 shall apply to claims of, payments to or indemnities running to the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.05. 

Section 11.07. Reinstatement of Agreement.  

To the extent any payment of Guarantor Priority Debt (whether by or on behalf of any Guarantor, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any
right of set-off or otherwise) is 

  
 103 

 
rescinded, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, avoided or for any reason required to be paid to or recovered by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent
or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, the Guarantor Priority Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be and shall be reinstated and
outstanding as if such original payment has not occurred, and this Indenture shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect. 

ARTICLE 12 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.  

(a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of transfer or
exchange of the Notes as expressly provided for in this Indenture) when: 
 (1) the Company has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as funds in trust for such purpose an amount in dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without
reinvestment, to pay and discharge the entire Debt on such Notes that have not, prior to such time, been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Notes to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be and the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of Notes at Maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be and either: 

(i) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been
replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided for in this Indenture) have been delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have
become due and payable (by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise), (y) will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year or (z) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the Company’s name, and at the Company’s expense; 

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and 

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that: 

(i) all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been
satisfied; and
 (ii) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound. 

  
 104 

 Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money.  

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof
shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 13.01. Notices.  

(a) Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person
or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Columbus International Inc. 

Suite 205-207 Dowell House Cr. 

Roebuck & Palmetto Sts. 

Bridgetown 
 Barbados, West Indies

 Facsimile No.: (246) 228-5756 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer 

  
 105 

 With a copy to: 

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP 

1133 Avenue of the Americas 
 New
York, New York 10036 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 336-2222 

Attention: Herman Raspe, Esq. 
 If
to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street, 7E 
 New York,
New York 10286 
 Facsimile No.: (724) 540-6330 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Global Americas 

If to the Transfer Agent and Paying Agent in Luxembourg: 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. 

Corporate Trust Services 
 Vertigo
Building-Polaris 
 2-4 Rue Eugene Ruppert 

L-2453 
 Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 Facsimile No.: (352) 34-20-90-6035 

Attention: International Corporate Trust 

(b) The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices
or communications. 
 (c) As long as Notes in global form are outstanding, notices to be given to Holders will be given to the Depositary
and applicable clearing systems, in accordance with their applicable policies as in effect from time to time.
 (d) Any notice or
communication to a Holder of certificated Notes shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to the respective addresses of the Holders of such
Notes as they appear in the register maintained by the Registrar. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given when mailed, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

(e) For so long as any notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange, the Company will publish all notices to holders on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange www.bourse.lu).

  
 106 

 (f) Failure to send or mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
 (g) If the Company mails, sends or files a notice, filing, report or communication
to Holders, it will deliver a copy to the Trustee at the same time. 
 (h) The Trustee may rely upon and comply with instructions or
directions sent via unsecured facsimile or email transmission and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company or the Holders due to the Trustee’s reliance upon and
compliance with instructions or directions given by unsecured facsimile or email transmission; provided, however, that such losses have not arisen from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee, it being understood that the failure
of the Trustee to verify or confirm that the person delivering the unsecured facsimile or email transmission in which the instructions or direction, are contained is, in fact, authorized to deliver such unsecured facsimile or email transmission does
not constitute negligence or willful misconduct. 
 Section 13.02. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
 Section 13.03. Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.  
 (a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 13.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  

(a) Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must
include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 107 

 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

Section 13.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents.  

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 13.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.
 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall
have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

Section 13.07. Governing Law.  

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 

Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.  

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.09. Successors.  

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Article 11 hereof. 

Section 13.10. Severability.  

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 108 

 Section 13.11. Counterpart Originals.  

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 13.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.  

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 13.13. Waiver of Immunity.  

To the extent that the Company or any of the Guarantors may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its property any immunity on the
ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an
immunity (whether or not claimed), pursuant to this Indenture each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Indenture. 

Section 13.14. Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process.  

(a) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, may be brought in the courts of the State of New York located in the City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and any court of appeals with respect to any such court,
and, by execution and delivery of this Indenture, each of the parties hereto hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Company and each of the
Guarantors hereby further (i) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any claim that any such courts lack personal jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, and agrees not to plead or claim, in
any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts, that such courts lack personal jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Guarantors, (ii) irrevocably waives,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense of forum non conveniens in any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees brought in any of the aforementioned courts and (iii) agrees that a
final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. 

(b) The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New
York, NY 10011] (the “Process Agent”), in the case of any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in
respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. The Company and each of
the Guarantors hereby 

  
 109 

 
represents and warrants that the Process Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company and each of the Guarantors agrees to take
any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Process Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective
service of process upon the Company and each of the Guarantors. Such service may be made by mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) or delivering a copy of such process to the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, in
care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service,
the Company and each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) of copies of such process to the Process Agent or
the Company or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, at its address specified in Section 13.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the Process Agent. 

(c) Nothing contained in this Section 13.14 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company or any of the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction. 
 (d) If
for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used
shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase dollars with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Trustee at 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day preceding that on
which final judgment is given, for the purchase of dollars, for delivery two Business Days thereafter. 
 (e) The Trustee shall have full
power to appeal to a court of applicable jurisdiction to determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to the interpretation or application of any of the provisions of this Indenture as it affects the Trustee and every such determination
(whether made upon a question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee) shall be conclusive and shall bind the parties to this Indenture.

Section 13.15. Waiver of Trial by Jury  

EACH OF PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 13.16. PATRIOT ACT  

The parties hereto acknowledge that, in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “USA Patriot Act”), the Trustee, like all financial institutions, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that opens
an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as the Trustee may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 

[Signatures on following pages] 

  
 110 

 Dated as of March 31, 2014 

 

			
	Columbus International Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Jamaica Holdings (Barbados) Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	Director
	
	Cable Jamaica (Barbados) Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Capital (Barbados) Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Communications Jamaica Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chairman and chief executive officer

  
 (Indenture) 

 
			
	Chartfield Development Company Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chairman and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Curacao (Barbados) Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	director
	
	Caribbean Data Centers (Barbados) Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus TTNW Holdings Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Networks Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	ARCOS-1 USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chief executive officer

  
 (Indenture) 

 
			
	Columbus Networks USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chief executive officer
	
	A. SUR NET, Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Networks Telecommunications Services USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Trinidad (Barbados) Inc.
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president and chief executive officer
	
	Columbus Communications Trinidad Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chairman

  
 (Indenture) 

 
			
	Columbus Communications (Grenada) Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	chairman
	
	Columbus Telecommunications (Barbados) Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president
	
	Wamco Technology Group Limited
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president
	
	Columbus Eastern Caribbean (Barbados)
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Brendan Paddick
		 	president

  
 (Indenture) 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
	As Trustee
			
		 	By:	 	

		 		 	  

		 	Name:	 	John T. Needham, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 (Indenture) 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) N.A.
		 	As Transfer Agent and Paying Agent in Luxembourg
			
		 	By:	 	

		 		 	  

		 	Name:	 	John T. Needham, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-fact

  
 (Indenture) 

 EXHIBIT A 

Form of Note 
 [Include the following
Global Note Legend on all Global Notes:] THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE
INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE
IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

[Include the following Private Placement Legend on all Rule 144A Global Notes:] THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET
FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT; 

 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS
SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3)
OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED
FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS, THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE REGISTRAR TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING. 

THIS LEGEND MAY ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY. 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 2(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL
OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE 
 PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

  
 A-2 

 [Include the following Private Placement Legend on all Regulation S Global Notes:] THE SECURITIES
EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”)), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON, EXCEPT TO A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDENTURE. THE TERMS “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY
REGULATION S. 

  
 A-3 

 [Face of Note] 

7.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  

					
	No.     	  		 	Principal Amount U.S.$             
		
		  	 If the Note is a Global Note include the following two lines: as revised by the
Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]

			
		  		 	    [If the Note is a Rule 144A 
		  		 	    Global Note, insert: CUSIP NO.
		  		 	    199300 AB0 ISIN NO.
		  		 	    US199300AB04
		  		 	    COMMON CODE 104275761]
			
		  		 	    [If the Note is a Regulation S 
		  		 	    Global Note, insert: CUSIP NO.
		  		 	    P2894N AC1 ISIN NO.
		  		 	    USP2894NAC13
		  		 	    COMMON CODE 104275770]

 COLUMBUS INTERNATIONAL INC. 

a Barbados Corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns as the nominee for The Depository Trust Company, the principal sum of
                                         DOLLARS
[(or, in the event of adjustment in accordance with the within-mentioned Indenture, such other amount as may be stated from time to time on the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached hereto)]1 on March 30, 2021. 
  

			
	Interest Rate:	  	7.375%
		
	Interest Payment Dates:	  	March 30 and September 30 of each year, commencing on September 30, 2014
		
	Record Dates:	  	March 15 and September 15

  

	1 	This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-4 

 Dated:              , 2014 

 

									
		 		 		 	COLUMBUS INTERNATIONAL INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 		 	Title:	 	
				
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:	 		 		 	
				
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,	 		 		 	
	Trustee	 		 		 	
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	Dated:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory	 		 		 	

  
 A-5 

 [Back of Note] 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. Columbus International Inc., a Barbados corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at 7.375% per annum from March 31, 2014. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 30 and September 30 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”) commencing on
September 30, 2014 to the Person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the preceding March 15 or September 15, whether or not a Business Day, as the case may be. Interest on this Note shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS. All references
to interest herein shall include Additional Amounts calculated in relation to such interest, if any. 
 (3) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15th or September 15th, whether or not a Business Day, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date. The Notes shall be
payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the
register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided, at least fifteen days prior to the Payment Date, wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. 
 (4) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the
Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

(5) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 31, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

  
 A-6 

 (6) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to March 30, 2018, the Company, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to
the Trustee), will have the right, at its option, to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus, the greater of (1) 1% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,
and (2) the excess, if any, of: (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at March 30, 2018 (such redemption price being set forth in the table under Section 3.08(a) of the Indenture or Clause 6(b)
below) plus (ii) all required interest payments thereon through March 30, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus in each case any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Notes to, but excluding, the date
of redemption. In the event that the Company does not redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, following any such redemption, at least $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes must remain outstanding.

 (b) At any time and from time to time on or after March 30, 2018, the Company may, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes, set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on March 30 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.688	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.844	% 
	 2020
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In the event that the Company does not redeem the entire aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, following any
such redemption, at least $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes must remain outstanding.
 (c) Until March 30, 2017,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 107.375% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date with the net proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings. The Company may conduct such redemption, only if: (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Public Equity Offering. 

(d) If, as a result of: 

(i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction which becomes effective after the date of the Offering Memorandum; or
 (ii) any change in the official
application or official interpretation of the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any Guarantor which becomes effective after the date of the Offering Memorandum, 

  
 A-7 

 the Company or any Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, on the next date for any payment, Additional Amounts or
indemnification payments as described in Section 4.22 of the Indenture with respect to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which the Company or Guarantor reasonably determines it cannot avoid by the use of all reasonable measures available to it, then
the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes, at any time thereafter, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption as described in Section 3.10 of the Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee: 

(1) a certificate signed by an officer of the Company stating that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts or
indemnification payments cannot be avoided by the Company’s or Guarantor’s taking all reasonable measures available to it; and 

(2) a written Opinion of Counsel to the Company of recognized standing to the effect that the Company or Guarantor has or will
become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of a change, amendment, official interpretation or application described above. 

No such notice of redemption may be given more than 90 days before or 365 days after the Company first becomes liable to pay any Additional Amount or
indemnification payments. 
 (7) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company shall publish a notice of any redemption of the Notes described in
Article 3 of the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.01 of the Indenture. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(8) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs at any time, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder
of Notes to purchase such Holder’s Notes, in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant regular record dates that are prior to the Change of Control Purchase
Date to receive interest due on an interest payment date). Purchases made under a Change of Control Offer shall also be subject to other procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall cause a
notice of the Change of Control Offer to be published (if applicable) and send notice of the Change of Control, each in the manner set forth in the Indenture. 

  
 A-8 

 (b) If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds
of the Asset Sale not used as set forth in Section 4.14(b) of the Indenture, shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of $40.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets, the Company
shall, within 15 Business Days, make an offer to purchase (an “Excess Proceeds Offer”) from all Holders of Notes and from the holders of any Pari Passu Debt, to the extent required by the terms thereof, on a pro rata basis and
subject to the procedures of DTC, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing any such Pari Passu Debt, the maximum principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of the Notes and any such Pari
Passu Debt that may be purchased with the amount of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price as to each Note and any such Pari Passu Debt shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to (solely in the case of the Notes) 100% of the principal amount of
such Note and (solely in the case of Pari Passu Debt) no greater than 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of such Pari Passu Debt, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. If the
aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered according to the terms of the Indenture and any such Pari Passu Debt validly tendered according to the terms thereof and not withdrawn by Holders thereof, or holders of such Pari Passu Debt, as
the case may be, exceeds the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and any such Pari Passu Debt to be purchased shall be selected and paid by the Company on a pro rata basis, subject to the Applicable Procedures of DTC (based upon the
principal amount of Notes and the principal amount or accreted value of such Pari Passu Debt tendered by each Holder or holder respectively). Upon completion of each such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 (9) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior
to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 of the Indenture or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 12 thereof. 

(10) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $200,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder of a Note may transfer or exchange that Note in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Notes to be redeemed. 
 (11) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

  
 A-9 

 (12) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. 

(a) Without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement the Indenture,
the Notes and the Guarantees: (i) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants in the Indenture and in the Notes in accordance with Article 5 of the Indenture; (ii) to add to
the Company’s covenants and those of any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the
Notes, as applicable, in the Indenture, in the Notes or in any Guarantees; (iii) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not
adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes; (iv) to release any Guarantor in accordance with and if permitted by the terms of and limitations set forth in the Indenture to add a Guarantor or other guarantor under the Indenture; (v)
to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (vi) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes; (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of a successor
Trustee under this Indenture; (viii) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of
the Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (ix) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such
provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; (x) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in favor of the Trustee for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes as additional security for the payment and performance of the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture, in any property, or assets; and (xi) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes
in accordance with and if permitted by the terms of and limitations set forth in the Indenture. 
 (b) With the consent of the Holders of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to amend or supplement the Indenture; provided that no such modification or amendment may, without
the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of or Additional Amounts or interest on, any Note; (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Note (or
Additional Amounts or premium, if any) or the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; (iii) change the coin or currency in which the principal of any Note or any premium or any Additional Amounts or the interest thereon is
payable; (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any Notes; (v) amend, change or modify the obligation to make and consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section
4.14 of the Indenture or the obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.23 of the 

  
 A-10 

 
Indenture, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto; (vi) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver of provisions of the Indenture; (vii) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders of the Notes or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain
covenants, except to increase the percentage of outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby;
(viii) except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.01 of the Indenture, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of the Company’s rights or obligations under the Indenture; (ix) release any Guarantees except in compliance
with the terms of the Indenture; (x) make any change to any provisions of the Indenture affecting the ranking or subordination provisions of the Notes or the Guarantees, in each case in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Holders of
the Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, a change to Section 4.13 and Section 4.15 of the Indenture does not adversely affect the ranking of the Notes); or (xi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture described under Section 4.22 thereof
that adversely affects the rights of any Holder of the Notes or amend the terms of the Notes or the Indenture in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to
withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Company or the Guarantors agree to pay Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof in the supplemental indenture. 

(13) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. 

(a) Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of any interest or any Additional Amounts on any Note; (ii)
default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption, if any, required repurchase or otherwise); (iii) failure to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01
of the Indenture; (iv) failure to make or consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14 of the Indenture; (v) failure to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer or pay the Change of Control Purchase Price
when due, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.23 of the Indenture; (vi) failure to comply with any covenant or agreement of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary described under Article 4 of the Indenture (other than as specified in
Sections 6.01(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4) or (a)(5) of the Indenture) and such failure continues for a period of 30 days or more after the written notice specified in Section 6.02(a) of the Indenture; (vii) failure to comply with any other
covenant or agreement of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary in the Notes, the Indenture or any Guarantees and such failure continues for a period of 60 days or more after the written notice specified in Section 6.02(a) of the Indenture
(viii) default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing the Debt of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount in excess of $50.0 million individually or in the aggregate, if that
default: (A) results in the acceleration of the payment of such Debt or (B) is caused by the failure to pay such Debt at final maturity thereof after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods and other than by regularly
scheduled required prepayment and such failure to make any payment has not been waived or the maturity of such Debt has not been extended, and in either case the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its equivalent
at the time; (ix) any Guarantee ceases to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any 

  
 A-11 

 
Guarantor, not to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than as provided for in the Indenture or any Guarantee); (x) one or more final judgments, orders
or decrees (not subject to appeal and not covered by insurance) rendered against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, either individually or in an aggregate amount, in each case in excess of $50.0 million, and either a creditor
shall have commenced an enforcement proceeding upon such judgment, order or decree or there shall have been a period of 60 consecutive days or more during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree was not (by reason of pending
appeal or otherwise) in effect; (xi) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary. 

(b) If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders) may, and the Trustee, upon the written request of such Holders,
shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and accrued interest on all of the outstanding Notes immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration all such amounts payable in respect of the Notes shall
become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(11) of the Indenture hereof occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts are accrued and unpaid interest on all
of the outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes. 

(c) At any time after a declaration of acceleration under the Indenture, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited
with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: (A) all overdue interest and Additional Amounts on all Notes then outstanding; (B) all unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on any outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such declaration
of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes; and (D) all sums paid or advanced by
the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;
and (iii) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived;
provided, however, no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 (d) If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or the Indenture. The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

  
 A-12 

 (e) No Holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to the
Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a written request, and offered indemnity or security, satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as
Trustee under the Notes and the Indenture, the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 30 days after receipt of such notice and the Trustee within such 30-day period has not received directions inconsistent with such written request
by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
Additional Amounts or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 
 (f) Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase),
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for
the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of the Indenture upon any
property subject to such Lien. 
 (g) The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the
Indenture, and the Company is required, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, within 15 Business Days of becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has been notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of the Notes notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 15 Business Days after it has been notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts or
interest on any Notes, the Trustee may withhold the notice to the Holders of such Notes if a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from
(including, without limitation, become the owner or pledgee of Notes), and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. However, in the event that the
Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days. 
 (15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No
past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the

  
 A-13 

 
Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

(16) UNCLAIMED MONEY. Subject to applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to
the Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or
such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment,
may at the expense of the Company cause a notice to such effect be published once (i) in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London (which may be Financial Times) and in New York (which may be The Wall Street Journal); (ii) through the
newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not then operate, any similar agency and (iii) if at the time of such notice the Notes are listed on any securities exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, published in accordance with
the rules of such exchange. 
 (17) DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE. Subject to certain conditions in the Indenture, the Company at any
time may terminate some or all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture if the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the Trustee, dollars, or
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay and discharge the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must (i) specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date; and (ii) if applicable, have delivered to the Trustee an irrevocable notice to redeem all of the outstanding Notes of such principal, premium, if any, or interest. 

(18) AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating
agent. 
 (19) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants
in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

(20) CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the
Company has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-14 

 (21) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a
copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Columbus International Inc. 

Suite 205-207 Dowell House Cr. 
 Roebuck & Palmetto Sts. 

Bridgetown 
 Barbados, West Indies 

Facsimile No.: (246) 228 5756 
 Attention: Chief Executive Officer

  
 A-15 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: 

			
	  
	  	
	(Insert assignee’s legal name)	  	

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                         to
transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 		 		 	 Your Signature:
	 	  

		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
this Note)

  

									
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-16 

 Option of Holder to Elect Repurchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.23 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  

							
		 	 ̈  Section 4.14	  	 ̈  Section 4.23	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.23
of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have repurchased: 
 $         

 

									
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 		 		 	 Your Signature:
	 	  

		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
this Note)

									
					
		 		 		 	 Tax Identification No.:
	 	  

 

									
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-17 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part
of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount
of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note	  	Principal
Amount
of this
Global Note
following
such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized
officer of
Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-18 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Columbus
International Inc. 
 Suite 205-207 Dowell House Cr. 

Roebuck & Palmetto Sts. 
 Bridgetown 

Barbados, West Indies 
 Facsimile No.: 

Attention: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

101 Barclay Street, 7E 
 New York, New York 10286 

Facsimile No.: (724) 540-6330 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services - Global Americas 
  

	 	Re:	7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
March 31, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Columbus International Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”),
to                                         
(the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to
a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and
each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-1 

 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor
and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 

or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or
Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in a 

  
 B-2 

 
Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the
form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in
the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the
statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

  
 B-3 

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Name of Transferor]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 		 	Title:	 	
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

 

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

 in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Columbus
International Inc. 
 Suite 205-207 Dowell House Cr. 

Roebuck & Palmetto Sts. 
 Bridgetown 

Barbados, West Indies 
 Facsimile No.: 

Attention: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

101 Barclay Street, 7E 
 New York, New York 10286 

Facsimile No.: (724) 540-6330 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services - Global Americas 
  

	 	Re:	7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

 (CUSIP/ISIN) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Columbus International
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                     (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note  

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1 

 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted 

  
 C-2 

 
Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S
Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 		 	Title:	 	
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Columbus International Inc. 
 Suite 205-207 Dowell House Cr. 

Roebuck & Palmetto Sts. 
 Bridgetown 

Barbados, West Indies 
 Facsimile No.: 

Attention: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

101 Barclay Street, 7E 
 New York, New York 10286 

Facsimile No.: (724) 540-6330 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services - Global Americas 
  

	 	Re:	7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
March 30, 2014 (the “Indenture”), among Columbus International Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$         aggregate principal amount of: 

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest
therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we
will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein),
(C)

  
 D-1 

 
to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a
signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance
with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to
any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are
restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are
acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

									
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 		 	Title:	 	
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  
 D-2EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 SABLE
INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED, 
 as Issuer 

Guarantors Party hereto 
 DEUTSCHE
BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent 

and 
 DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG,
S.A., 
 as Luxembourg Paying Agent and (Regulation S) Transfer Agent 

Indenture 
 Dated as of August 5,
2015 
  
  

6.875% Senior Notes Due 2022 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE ONE	  
	
	 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	   
   

			
	 SECTION 101.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 102.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	2	  
	 SECTION 103.
	 	 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 104.
	 	 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 105.
	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 106.
	 	 Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, Any Guarantor and Agents
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 107.
	 	 Notice to Holders; Waiver
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 108.
	 	 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 109.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 110.
	 	 Separability Clause
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 111.
	 	 Benefits of Indenture
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 112.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 113.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 114.
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 115.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 116.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 117.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 118.
	 	 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdictions; Waiver of Immunities; Waiver of Jury
Trial
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 119.
	 	 Conversion of Currency
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 120.
	 	 Additional or Amended Intercreditor Agreement
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 121.
	 	 Currency Indemnity
	  	 	40	  
	
	ARTICLE TWO	  
	
	NOTE FORMS	  
			
	 SECTION 201.
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 202.
	 	 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
	  	 	40	  
	
	ARTICLE THREE	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 301.
	 	 Title and Terms
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 302.
	 	 Denominations
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 303.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 304.
	 	 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 305.
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 306.
	 	 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 307.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 308.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	45	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 309.
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 310.
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 311.
	 	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 312.
	 	 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	46	  
	
	ARTICLE FOUR	  
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	 SECTION 401.
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 402.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	47	  
	
	ARTICLE FIVE	  
	
	REMEDIES	  
			
	 SECTION 501.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 502.
	 	 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 503.
	 	 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 504.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 505.
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 506.
	 	 Application of Money Collected
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 507.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 508.
	 	 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 509.
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 510.
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 511.
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 512.
	 	 Control by Holders
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 513.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 514.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	53	  
	
	ARTICLE SIX	  
	
	THE TRUSTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 601.
	 	 Duties of the Trustee
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 602.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 603.
	 	 Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 604.
	 	 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 605.
	 	 May Hold Notes
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 606.
	 	 Money Held in Trust
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 607.
	 	 Compensation and Reimbursement
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 608.
	 	 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 609.
	 	 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 610.
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 611.
	 	 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 612.
	 	 Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 613.
	 	 Agents
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 614.
	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	61	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE SEVEN	  
	
	HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY	  
			
	 SECTION 701.
	 	 Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 702.
	 	 Holder List
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 703.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	62	  
	
	ARTICLE EIGHT	  
	
	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS	  
			
	 SECTION 801.
	 	 Parent May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 802.
	 	 Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 803.
	 	 Successor Substituted
	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE NINE	  
	
	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  
			
	 SECTION 901.
	 	 Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 902.
	 	 Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 903.
	 	 Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 904.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 905.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 906.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 907.
	 	 Notice of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	68	  
	
	ARTICLE TEN	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 SECTION 1001.
	 	 Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, and Interest
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 1002.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 1003.
	 	 Money for Notes Payments To Be Held in Trust
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 1004.
	 	 Existence
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1005.
	 	 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1006.
	 	 Maintenance of Properties
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1007.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1008.
	 	 Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1009.
	 	 Reports and Other Information
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 1010.
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 1011.
	 	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 1012.
	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 1013.
	 	 Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 1014.
	 	 Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 1015.
	 	 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 1016.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	86	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 1017.
	 	 Change of Control
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 1018.
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 1019.
	 	 Suspension of Covenants
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 1020.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 1021.
	 	 Limitation on Issuer Activities
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 1022.
	 	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 1023.
	 	 Limitation on Parent Activities
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 1024.
	 	 Maintenance of Listing
	  	 	95	  
	
	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  
	
	REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 1101.
	 	 Right of Redemption
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 1102.
	 	 Applicability of Article
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 1103.
	 	 Election To Redeem; Notice To Trustee
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 1104.
	 	 Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 1105.
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 1106.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 1107.
	 	 Notes Payable on Redemption Date
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 1108.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 1109.
	 	 Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes
	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 1110.
	 	 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Proceeds
	  	 	99	  
	
	ARTICLE TWELVE	  
	
	GUARANTEES	  
			
	 SECTION 1201.
	 	 Guarantees
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 1202.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 1203.
	 	 Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 1204.
	 	 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 1205.
	 	 Contribution
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 1206.
	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 1207.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 1208.
	 	 Release of a Guarantor
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 1209.
	 	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	104	  
	
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN	  
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1301.
	 	 Issuer’s Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 1302.
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 1303.
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 1304.
	 	 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 1305.
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 1306.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	107	  

  
 -iv- 

 APPENDIX & EXHIBITS 

Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 
 EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A /
Regulation S Appendix – Form of Note 
 EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix – Form of Transferee Letter of Representation 

EXHIBIT A – Form of Notation of Guarantee 
 EXHIBIT B –
Form of Supplemental Indenture 

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of August 5, 2015 (this “Indenture”), among Cable &
Wireless Communications Plc (“Parent”), Sable International Finance Limited (the “Issuer”), and certain of Parent’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below), each named in the signature pages hereto
(each, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and, together with Parent, collectively, the “Guarantors”), DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation (the “Trustee,” “Principal
Paying Agent,” “Registrar” and “Transfer Agent”) and DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. (the “Luxembourg Paying Agent” (and together with the Principal Paying Agent, the “Paying
Agents”) and “(Regulation S) Transfer Agent” (and together with the Transfer Agent, the “Transfer Agents”)). 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) its 6.875% Senior Notes Due
2022 to be issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) any additional notes (“Additional Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”) that may be issued after the Issue
Date. 
 Each Guarantor has duly authorized its Guarantee of the Initial Notes, and will duly authorize its Guarantee of any Additional
Notes, and to provide therefor each Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 All things necessary have
been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding
agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with their and its terms. 
 All things necessary have been done to make the Guarantees, upon
execution and delivery of this Indenture, the valid obligations of each Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of each Guarantor, in accordance with their and its terms. 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the
equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS 

OF GENERAL APPLICATION 

SECTION 101. Rules of Construction. 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and words in the singular include the
plural and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (2) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings assigned to them in accordance with IFRS (as herein defined); 

 (3) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder”
and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 

(4) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Appendices to, this Indenture; 
 (5) “or” is not exclusive; 

(6) “including” means including without limitation; 

(7) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date; and 

(8) all references, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to
include any Additional Amounts (as herein defined). 
 SECTION 102. Definitions. 

“(Regulation S) Transfer Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 

“2019 Sterling Bonds” means the Indebtedness of Cable & Wireless International Finance B.V. under its £200 million
in original aggregate principal amount 8 5/8% Guaranteed Bond due 2019. 
 “Acceptable Commitment” has the meaning
specified in Section 1018 of this Indenture. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Acquisition” means the purchase of Columbus pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement. 

“Acquisition Agreement” means the share purchase agreement dated November 6, 2014 between ACF Investors, Ltd., ACF
Investments Limited, ACF Investments C, Ltd., ACF Caribbean Fund II, L.P., ACF Investments B, Ltd., CVBI Holdings (Barbados) Inc., Clearwater Holdings (Barbados) Limited, Columbus Holding LLC, Columbus Executive Shareholders’ Voting Trust
(Barbados) Inc., Brendan Paddick and others as vendors and Parent or its nominee as purchaser, together with the exhibits thereto. 

“Act,” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 105 of this Indenture. 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 1022 of this Indenture. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 312. 

  
 -2- 

 “Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA” means, in respect of any relevant period,
Consolidated EBITDA for that relevant period adjusted on a pro forma basis by: 
 (1) including the operating profit before
interest, tax, amortization, depreciation and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of any Restricted Subsidiary for the relevant period (or attributable to a business or assets acquired during the relevant period)
prior to its becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (as the case may be) prior to the acquisition of the business or assets; and 

(2) excluding operating profit before interest, tax, amortization, depreciation and impairment charges (calculated on the same
basis as Consolidated EBITDA) attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary (or to any business or assets) disposed of during the relevant period. 

“Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture. 

“Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Debt as of the last day
of the relevant Test Period, excluding Indebtedness outstanding at any one time under Senior Credit Facilities up to the greater of $570 million and 8.00% of Total Assets to (b) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. 
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1013 of this Indenture. 

“Agents” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent. 

“Appendix” has the meaning specified in Section 201 of this Indenture. 

“Applicable Amount” means the sum of (a) (x) cumulative Consolidated EBITDA from and after April 1, 2015 to the end of the
most recently ended full fiscal half-year immediately preceding the date of the proposed action (for the avoidance of doubt, such cumulative Consolidated EBITDA shall include the Consolidated EBITDA for any such half-years, whether negative or
positive) minus (y) 1.4 times Consolidated Interest Expense plus (without duplication) (b): 
 (1) the aggregate net cash
proceeds, and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property other than cash, received by Parent from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of any class of Equity Interests, including Retired Capital Stock, in
Parent after the Issue Date, other than (A) Disqualified Stock, (B) Equity Interests to the extent the net cash proceeds therefrom are applied as provided for in clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 1010, (C) Refunding Capital Stock and (D)
Excluded Contributions; plus 
 (2) 100% of any cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other
property other than cash received by Parent as a capital contribution from its shareholders subsequent to the Issue Date, other than any Excluded Contributions; plus 

  
 -3- 

 (3) the principal amount (or accreted amount (determined in accordance with
IFRS), if less) of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Issue Date (other than any such Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock to the extent issued to a Restricted Subsidiary), which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); plus 

(4) to the extent not already included in Consolidated EBITDA, 100% of the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date from (A) Investments, whether through interest payments, principal payments, returns, profits, distributions, income and similar amounts, dividends or other distributions and payments, or the sale or other
disposition (other than to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) cash dividends from, or the sale (other than to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary; plus 
 (5) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue
Date, the Fair Market Value of all Investments made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date in such Unrestricted Subsidiary as determined at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary other than to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; 
 provided, however, that for purposes of the
foregoing calculations (and without duplication of any similar reduction when calculating Consolidated EBITDA) the relevant measures shall be reduced proportionately to reflect minority interests in non-wholly-owned direct or indirect Restricted
Subsidiaries rather than calculated on a consolidated basis, and to the extent that after the Issue Date, Parent’s proportionate interest in any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary decreases, such measures shall be reduced by an amount
proportionate to such reduction (and in the event of a subsequent increase, shall be increased by an amount proportionate to such increase). 

“Applicable Law” has the meaning specified in Section 603 of this Indenture. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of: 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at the First Call Date (such redemption
price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 1101), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through the First Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate
equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the principal amount of the Note.

 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock issued pursuant to
Section 1011), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, 

  
 -4- 

 in each case, other than: 

(A) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(B) a disposition of obsolete or worn out property or equipment, inventory or other assets that in the reasonable judgment of
the Issuer are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and that in each case are disposed of in the ordinary course of business; 

(C) a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner
permitted pursuant to Article Eight or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 

(D) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 1010;

 (E) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or
series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value not exceeding the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 0.25% of Total Assets at any time for any such transaction or series of transactions; 

(F) any disposition of property or assets between or among Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(G) any issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; 

(H) the unwinding of any Swap Agreement; 

(I) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

(J) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(K) any sale, lease, sublease, license or sublicense or consignment of equipment, inventory or other property or assets in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (L) foreclosures on, or expropriations of, or other involuntary dispositions of, property,
assets or securities including, but not limited, any transfers without consideration, required to be made by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority; 

  
 -5- 

 (M) any financing transaction with respect to property built, repaired, improved
or acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture; 

(N) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; 
 (O) the creation of a Lien permitted under Section 1012; and 

(P) contractual arrangements under long-term contracts with customers entered into by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business which are treated as sales for accounting purposes; provided that there is no transfer of title in connection with such contractual arrangement. 

“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1018 of this Indenture. 

“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable and documented or invoiced fees, expenses and disbursements of any law
firm or other external counsel. 
 “Authenticating Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 612 of this Indenture. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means (i) the UK Insolvency Act 1986, as amended (together with the rules and regulations made pursuant
thereto), (ii) Title 11, U.S. Code, (iii) the Companies Law (2009) Revision) together with any regulations made in connection therewith of the Cayman Islands or (iv) any similar national, federal, state or local law for the relief of debtors. 

“Base Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 119 of this Indenture. 

“Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the
corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (ii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (iii) with respect to a limited liability company, the
managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Issuer or Parent, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Issuer or Parent, as applicable, or any committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 “Cable & Wireless Supplemental Pension Scheme” means the scheme established under and in accordance with the trust
deed and rules dated 8 June 2001 to which Cable & Wireless Limited and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation PLC were parties. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, 

  
 -6- 

 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited), and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease
Obligation” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under IFRS (as in effect on the date hereof) and, for the purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount
thereof determined in accordance with IFRS (as in effect on the date hereof). For purposes of Section 1012, a Capitalized Lease Obligation will be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased. 

“Carve-Out” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Introductory Note and
Definitions—Our Structure; the Columbus Acquisition,” as described under “The Columbus Acquisition—The Carve-Out.” 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) securities or obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government, the government of the
United Kingdom, the relevant member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in each case having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof; 

(2) securities or obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, or any political subdivision of any such
state, or any public instrumentality thereof, having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having an investment grade rating generally obtainable from either S&P or
Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, then from another nationally recognized rating service); 

(3) commercial paper issued by any lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or any bank holding company owning any lender
under the Senior Credit Facilities; 
 (4) commercial paper maturing no more than 12 months after the date of creation
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally
recognized rating service); 
 (5) domestic and LIBOR certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing no more
than two years after the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other bank having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of domestic banks and $100.0 million (or
the U.S. Dollar equivalent thereof) in the case of foreign banks; 
 (6) auction rate securities rated at least Aa3 by
Moody’s and AA- by S&P (or, if at any time either S&P or Moody’s shall not be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service); 

  
 -7- 

 (7) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying
securities of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (5) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above or securities dealers of recognized national standing; 

(8) marketable short-term money market and similar funds (x) either having assets in excess of $250.0 million or (y) having a
rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service in the United States);

 (9) shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and 95% the investments of
which are one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (1) through (8) above; 
 (10) any other investments
used by Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries as temporary investments permitted by the Trustee in writing in its sole discretion; and 

(11) in the case of investments by Parent or any Subsidiary organized or located in a jurisdiction other than the United States
or a member state of the European Union (or any political subdivision or territory thereof), or in the case of investments made in a country outside the United States, other customarily utilized high-quality investments in the country where such
Subsidiary is organized or located or in which such Investment is made, all as reasonably determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 provided that
bank deposits and short term investments in local currency of any Restricted Subsidiary shall qualify as Cash Equivalents as long as the aggregate amount thereof does not exceed the amount reasonably estimated by such Restricted Subsidiary as being
necessary to finance the operations, including capital expenditures, of such Restricted Subsidiary for the succeeding 90 days. 

“Cash Management Obligations” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, p-cards (including purchasing cards and commercial cards), electronic funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance
accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management arrangements) provided by any cash management bank to any of Parent or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including obligations for the payment of agreed interest and reasonable fees, charges, expenses, Attorney Costs and disbursements in connection therewith. 

“CFA” means the Contingent Funding Agreement dated February 3, 2010 among Parent, the Issuer and Cable & Wireless Pension
Trustee Limited, as amended, amended and restated, modified or replaced from time to time, including, for the avoidance of doubt, by way of a side letter. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the sale, lease or transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy,
vote, written notice or otherwise) the direct or indirect acquisition by any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the 

  
 -8- 

 
Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that in
calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular Person or “group,” such Person or “group” will not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of any securities that such Person or “group” has the right to acquire or
vote only upon the happening of any future event or contingency, including the passage of time, that has not yet occurred) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent (determined on a fully diluted basis but without giving
effect to contingent voting rights that have not yet vested) (other than a transaction following which holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which
such securities are converted as part of such transaction) in their capacities as such (but excluding any Voting Stock directly or indirectly owned or received by them in any other capacity) own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the
voting power of the Voting Stock of any surviving Person in such transaction immediately after such transaction); 
 (3) (x)
Parent merges or consolidates with or into any Person (except in the case of a merger or consolidation of Parent following which Parent or the surviving Person in such transaction is a Subsidiary of another Person, which shall be subject to clause
(2) above) or (y) any Subsidiary of Parent merges or consolidates with or into any Person and, in the case of this subclause (y), in connection therewith Voting Stock of Parent is issued to shareholders of such other Person unless, in the case of
each of subclauses (x) and (y), immediately following such transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as
part of such transaction) in their capacities as such (but excluding any Voting Stock directly or indirectly owned or received in any other capacity) own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent
or such Person in such transaction immediately after such transaction; 
 (4) the adoption of a plan of liquidation and
dissolution of Parent; or 
 (5) the Issuer ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent (other than by way of a
transaction permitted by Article Eight. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction in which Parent becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a
Person that is an individual) shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the shareholders of Parent immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision),
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent immediately following the consummation of such transaction or (b) immediately following the consummation of
such transaction, no Person (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than such Person, beneficially owns (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Parent. 
 “Change of Control Offer”
has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture. 
 “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning specified in
Section 1017 of this Indenture. 
 “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this
Indenture. 

  
 -9- 

 “Columbus” means Columbus International Inc., a corporation organized under the
laws of Barbados. 
 “Columbus Group” means Columbus and all of its Subsidiaries. 

“Columbus Indenture” means the indenture dated as of March 31, 2014 among Colum-bus, the guarantors party thereto and The
Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, and any amendments or supplements thereto. 
 “Columbus Senior Notes” means
Columbus’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Columbus Indenture. 
 “Common Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations and other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the date of this Indenture, and
includes all series and classes of such common stock. 
 “Consolidated Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of
all obligations of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries for or in respect of Indebtedness at that time but: 
 (a)
excluding any such obligations to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (b) including, in the case of Capital Lease
Obligations only, their capitalized value, and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once. 
 “Consolidated
EBIT” means, in respect of any relevant period, the consolidated operating profit of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries before taxation (excluding the results from discontinued operations): 

(1) before taking into account any Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Interest Income; 

(2) not including any accrued interest owing to or owed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) before taking into account any Exceptional Items of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) before taking into account any unrealized gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative
instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis); and 
 (5) before taking into account any gain or loss
arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset at any time after March 31, 2015, 
 in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken
into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries before taxation. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, in respect of any relevant period, Consolidated EBIT for that relevant period plus any amount
attributable to the amortization, depreciation or impairment of 

  
 -10- 

 
assets of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries (and taking no account of the reversal of any previous impairment charge made in that relevant period) and after adding back long-term incentive
plan charges and after reversing net other operating income or expense. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any
relevant period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Consolidated Debt whether paid, payable or capitalized by Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that relevant period: 
 (1) including any upfront
fees or costs but excluding the Target Upfront Financing Costs and any other debt amortization of deferred financing costs; 

(2) including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations; and 

(3) including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to)
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under any interest rate hedging arrangement; 
 and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once. 

“Consolidated Interest Income” means, for any relevant period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest in respect of the
cash and Cash Equivalents of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Total Secured Debt” means all
Consolidated Debt secured by a Lien on property or assets of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Corporate Trust Office”
means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of the execution of this instrument is located at 60 Wall Street, 16th Floor, MS NYC 60-1630, New York, New York 10005, United States, Attention: Corporates Team Deal Manager – Sable International Finance Limited, or such other address as the Trustee may designate
from time to time by notice to the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer). 

“Corporation” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts. 

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303 of this Indenture. 

“Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities,
including the Senior Credit Facilities, or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, waivers, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof with the same or different borrowers or issuers, and any indentures or

  
 -11- 

 
credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund, refinance or otherwise restructure all or any part of the loans,
notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder or any successor or replacement loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding, refinancing or other restructuring facility or
indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 
 “CWC-US” means CWC-US
Co-Borrower, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section
306(b) of this Indenture. 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by two Officers of the Issuer or Parent,
less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of
the notes or the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Parent or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall
not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Parent or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or
disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be
Disqualified Stock. 
 “Documentary Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 1022 of this Indenture. 

“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common stock or preferred stock of the Issuer, Parent or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than (1) public offerings with respect to Parent’s or any direct or indirect parent
company’s common stock registered on Form S-8 (or the equivalent thereof) and (2) any public or private sale of common stock the proceeds of which constitute an Excluded Contribution. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501 of this Indenture. 

  
 -12- 

 “Exceptional Items” means material items which derive from individual events
which fall within the ordinary activities of Parent and/or its Subsidiaries that are identified as exceptional items by virtue of their size, nature or incidence. 

“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1018 of this Indenture. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by
Parent or the Issuer from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Parent or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Parent) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent, 
 in each case designated as
Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by two Officers of the Issuer or Parent on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the
calculation set forth in the definition of the term “Applicable Amount.” 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date, plus interest accruing thereon. 
 “Fair Market
Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, as determined by the Issuer, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither
of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 
 “First Call Date” has the meaning specified
in Section 1101 of this Indenture. 
 “Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture. 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign court or tribunal or governmental
agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory or legislative body. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are:

 (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged, or 
 (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the
United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as
defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder
of such depository 

  
 -13- 

 
receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount
received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. The amount of any guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount
equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness or other obligations in respect of which such guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person
is required to perform thereunder) as determined by the Person making such guarantee in good faith. 
 “Guarantee” means
the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under the notes and this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means
Parent and each Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Holder” means, at any time, a Person in whose name a Note is at such time
registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the
European Union in effect from time to time or U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to the extent Parent shifts to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to prepare its consolidated published financial statements. 

“incur” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 

“incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 

“Indebtedness ” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (and any fixed or minimum
premium payable on prepayment or redemption) of any indebtedness of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries for or in respect of: 

(1) monies borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

(2) any acceptances under any acceptance credit or bill discount facility (or dematerialized equivalent); 

(3) any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; 

(4) any Capital Lease Obligations; 

(5) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet any
requirements for the recognition under IFRS); 
 (6) any counter indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond,
standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of items referred to in paragraphs (1) to (5) above other than (x) an underlying liability of an entity which is not Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition or (y) any liabilities of Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries relating to any post-retirement benefit scheme; 

  
 -14- 

 (7) any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at
the option of the issuer) before the maturity date of the notes and classified as borrowings under IFRS; 
 (8) any amount of
any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (x) one of the primary reasons behind the entry into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (y) the
agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any IRU Contract until such time as such contract has the commercial effect of a
borrowing or is otherwise classified as borrowings under IFRS; 
 (9) any amount raised under any other transaction
(including any forward sale or purchase agreement, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition but which is classified as borrowings under IFRS; 

(10) (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items
referred to in paragraphs (1) to (9) above, 
 and for the avoidance of doubt not including any liability in respect of any Put Option (but including any
money borrowed to finance any Put Payment); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2)
deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective sellers; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the
amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 90 days thereafter; (4) trade and other ordinary course payables, accrued expenses and inter-company
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business; (5) in relation to the Group, (I) all inter-company Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of
business and (II) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries; (6) any pension obligations; (7) any deferred tax on income; and (8) any obligations under Swap
Agreements; provided that such agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of Parent) whether or not accounted for as
a hedge in accordance with IFRS. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be
calculated without giving effect to, the effects of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, any successor standard thereto, and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of
Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the
application of this sentence shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness under this Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means
this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this Indenture
and any such supplemental indenture. 

  
 -15- 

 “Independent Director” means, with respect to the Board of Directors of Parent,
a member of such board who is not an officer, director or employee. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning stated in the first
recital of this Indenture. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated January 13, 2010,
including as amended and restated pursuant to that certain Intercreditor Amendment and Restatement Agreement related thereto dated December 31, 2014, among Parent, the Issuer, CWC-US, the guarantors party thereto, BNP Paribas, as the administrative
agent in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities and certain other parties thereto. 
 “interim management statement” has
the meaning specified in Section 1009 of this Indenture. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an
installment of interest on the Notes. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in
the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees and consultants, in each case made in
the ordinary course of business and any assets or securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments
and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by IFRS to
be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Parent in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 1010, 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion
(proportionate to Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Parent at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Parent shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(x) Parent’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 

(y) the portion (proportionate to Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets
of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent. 

  
 -16- 

 “IRU Contract” means a contract entered into by Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in relation to the right to use capacity on a telecommunications cable system (including the right to lease such capacity to another Person). 

“Issue Date” means August 5, 2015. 

“Issuer” means the Person named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor Person
shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person. 

“Issuer Request” or “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by an
Officer and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Judgment Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 119 of this Indenture.

 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302 of this Indenture. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, Luxembourg or London are
authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
hypothec, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that
in no event shall any lease (other than a Capitalized Lease Obligation) entered into in the ordinary course of business be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Luxembourg” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of
principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Nationally Recognized Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant
of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in
respect of installment obligations, if applicable) received by or on behalf of Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Asset Sale less (b) the sum of: 

(1) the amount, if any, of all Taxes paid or estimated to be payable by Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with such Asset Sale, 

  
 -17- 

 (2) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with IFRS
against any liabilities (other than any Taxes deducted pursuant to clause (1) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and (y) retained by Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without
limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction; provided that the amount of any subsequent
reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such an Asset Sale occurring on the date of such reduction, 

(3) the amount of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clause (1) of the second paragraph of
Section 1018) secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Asset Sale, and

 (4) reasonable and customary fees, commissions, expenses, issuance costs, discounts and other costs paid by Parent or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in connection with such Asset Sale (other than those payable to Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent), in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause
(a) above. 
 “Non-Guarantor Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Debt
(excluding the 2019 Sterling Bonds outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, and the Specified Columbus Indebtedness) as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for
such Test Period; provided that for purposes of this definition, each reference to Parent or Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of “Consolidated Debt” (other than in clause (a) thereof), “Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA” and
related definitions (including, without limitation, “Indebtedness,” “Consolidated EBIT” and “Consolidated EBITDA”) shall be deemed a reference solely to Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (other than
Columbus and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for so long as any Specified Columbus Indebtedness is outstanding). 

“Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor. 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Parent that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor. 

“Non-Successor Person” has the meaning specified in Section 802 of this Indenture. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Register” has the meaning specified in Section 304 of this Indenture. 

“Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital to this Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall have the same terms, be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, vote together as a class on all matters with respect to the Notes, and unless the
context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

  
 -18- 

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offer
Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 1110 of this Indenture. 
 “Offer Period” has the meaning specified
in Section 1110 of this Indenture. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated July 31, 2015, pursuant to
which the Initial Notes were offered to potential purchasers. 
 “Officer” means any Director, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Secretary or a managing member of a Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a
certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer or Parent, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture and is delivered to the Trustee. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, who may be an employee of or
counsel to the Issuer or Parent. 
 “Outstanding”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination,
all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (1) Notes theretofore cancelled by the
Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 
 (2) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption
money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than Parent) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by Parent (if Parent shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such
Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; 

(3) Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which Parent has effected Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; and 
 (4) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 305 or in
exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to the Trustee that such
Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of Parent; 
 provided, however, that in determining
whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate
of the Issuer or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. 

  
 -19- 

 “Parent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to
this Indenture; provided that after any transaction permitted under Section 801 in which Parent merges, amalgamates or consolidates with or into the Issuer or the Successor Company, references to Parent shall be deemed references to the
Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, in each case, unless the context requires otherwise. 
 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue
Date or thereafter incurred; and 
 (2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above, 

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is
provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however, that Pari Passu Indebtedness shall not include: 

(A) any obligation of such Person to Parent or any Subsidiary; 

(B) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

(C) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; or 

(D) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness
or other Obligation of such Person. 
 “Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent, the
Principal Paying Agent and the Luxembourg Paying Agent) authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer. 

“Paying Agents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 

“Permitted Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

  
 -20- 

 (3) any Investment by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is
engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or 

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4)
any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 1018, or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting
of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issuer Date; provided that any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted
under this Indenture; 
 (6) any Investment acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary 

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of such other Investment or accounts receivable or 

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other
transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Swap Obligations permitted under clause (l) of
the second paragraph of Section 1011; 
 (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Parent, or any
of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the calculation set forth in the
definition of the term “Applicable Amount”; 
 (9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 1011; 

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the second
paragraph of Section 1013 (except transactions described in clauses (2), (4) and (7) of the second paragraph of Section 1013); 

(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services or equipment or purchases
of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property; 
 (12) if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing, additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Parent), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) (without giving effect to the

  
 -21- 

 
sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the sum of (x) the greater of $100.0 million and 1.50%
of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends,
interest, distributions, returns of principal, profit on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, however, that such amounts under this clause (y) will not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under the calculation set forth in the definition of the term “Applicable Amount”; 

(13) loans and advances (or guarantees in favor of third parties of loans or advances) to employees not in excess of $5.0
million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for
business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(15) Investments in joint ventures not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate; provided, however, that if any Investment
pursuant to this clause (15) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have
been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (15) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(16) the Carve-Out, or any component or the unwind thereof, to the extent constituting an Investment; 

(17) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Parent),
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and 0.25% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of
each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments,
income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided that such amounts under this clause (y) will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the calculation set forth in the definition of the
term “Applicable Amount”; provided further that the dollar amount of Investments deemed to have been made pursuant to this clause (17) at any time shall be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the proceeds received by the Issuer and/or the
Restricted Subsidiaries from the subsequent sale, disposition or other transfer of such Investments without giving effect to the subsequent changes in value; provided further that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (17) is made in any Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall
cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (17) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(18) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements;

 (19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with,
or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction 

  
 -22- 

 
that is not prohibited by Section 802 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were
in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 
 (20) Investments in the ordinary
course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers; 

(21) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary
trade terms of Parent or Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent; 
 (22) any Investment in any Subsidiary of Parent or any joint
venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(23) Investments in the Notes; and 

(24) loans or advances to fund officers, directors and employees’ purchase of Equity Interests of Parent, in each case
incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that the aggregate principal amount of loans or advances made pursuant to this clause (24) would not, at any one time outstanding, exceed $10.0 million. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits and other Liens by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or
similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or
deposits of cash or U.S. government or other governments’ bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, landlords’ liens,
warehousemen’s and mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like Liens, in each case for sums not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other
Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 

(3) Liens for taxes not yet due or payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
such Person has set aside on its books reserves with respect thereto in accordance with IFRS; 
 (4) Liens in favor of
issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or trade or government contracts or to secure leases or permits, licenses, statutory or regulatory obligations, or letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, trackage rights, special assessments, easements or reservations of, or rights
of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions 

  
 -23- 

 
as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness
and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a), (b)(w) or (e) of the definition of
“Permitted Debt”; provided that in the case of such clause (e) such Liens shall not extend to any assets other than the specified asset being financed (and insurance proceeds related thereto) and additions and improvements thereon;

 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing the Senior Credit Facilities or the Secured Notes); 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a subsidiary; provided further however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such
acquisition); 
 (9) Liens on property at the time Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any
acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such
Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition); 

(10) Liens placed upon the capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired in an acquisition or similar transaction
permitted by this Indenture to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (t)(y) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and/or Liens placed upon the assets of any such Restricted Subsidiary so acquired to secure a guarantee by such
Restricted Subsidiary of any such Indebtedness of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) Liens securing
Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 1011 hereof; 

(12) Liens securing Swap Obligations (including Liens in favor of a counterparty to a swap or similar agreement on
Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s rights under such agreement) and Cash Management Obligations, in each case so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; 

(13) Liens on inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of
documentary letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 -24- 

 (14) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses of assets and property,
including intellectual property and real property, which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(15) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or other obligations not
constituting Indebtedness entered into by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16)
Liens in favor of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor); 

(17) Liens on equipment of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to a client of Parent
or a Restricted Subsidiary at which such equipment is located; 
 (18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness or other Obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (19) Liens on assets of a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or any other Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011; 

(20) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(21) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes or the Guarantees; 

(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights
related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens incurred to secure Cash Management Obligations or to implement cash
pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call
arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or a Subsidiary that is owned less than 50% or similar arrangement, (i) securing obligations of such joint venture or Subsidiary or (ii) pursuant to the relevant joint venture,
shareholder or similar agreement; 
 (26) Liens (i) arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to
banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts
incurred in the ordinary course of business or (iii) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative
purposes; 

  
 -25- 

 (27) Liens in favor of credit card companies pursuant to agreements therewith;

 (28) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with
customers, suppliers or service providers of any Issuer or any Subsidiary of Parent in the ordinary course of business; 

(29) in the case of real property that constitutes a leasehold interest, any Lien to which the fee simple interest (or any
superior leasehold interest) is subject; 
 (30) Liens on cash in support of letters of credit issued pursuant to the terms
of the CFA or any cash escrow arrangement for the same purpose; 
 (31) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property
arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; 
 (32) the right reserved to or vested
in any Governmental Authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any statutory provision to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or
to require annual or other payments as a condition to the continuance thereof; 
 (33) security given to a public utility or
any Governmental Authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business; 

(34) subdivision agreements, site plan control agreements, development agreements, servicing agreements, cost sharing,
reciprocal and other similar agreements with municipal and other Governmental Authorities affecting the development, servicing or use of a property; provided the same are complied with in all material respects except as such non-compliance
does not interfere in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Issuer with the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

(35) facility cost sharing, servicing, reciprocal or other similar agreements related to the use and/or operation of a property
in the ordinary course of business; provided the same are complied with in all material respects; 
 (36) deemed
trusts created by operation of law in respect of amounts which are (i) not yet due and payable, (ii) immaterial, (iii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance
with IFRS or (iv) unpaid due to inadvertence after exercising due diligence; 
 (37) other Liens so long as the aggregate principal amount of
the obligations so secured does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.50% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence; 

(38) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding,
extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (16) and (19); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be
limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on and accessions to such property and proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and any other assets pursuant to the after-acquired
property clauses to the extent such assets secured (or would have secured) the 

  
 -26- 

 
Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the
outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (16) and (19) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and
(B) unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums), and (C) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; and 

(39) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing the obligations and facilities of Cable & Wireless Limited under and in
respect of the Cable & Wireless Supplemental Pension Scheme and the trust deed and rules in respect thereof. 
 For purposes of this
definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means
any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 305 in exchange for a mutilated Note or in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
 “preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential
rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 
 “primary obligor” has the meaning
provided in the definition of the term “Guarantee Obligations.” 
 “Principal Paying Agent” has the meaning
assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 
 “Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified
in Section 305 of this Indenture. 
 “Purchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1110 of this Indenture. 

“Put Option” means any “put” option or similar arrangements over the common shares of Parent, issued on or prior to
the Issue Date and granted to the sellers of Columbus pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, upon the exercise of such put options or similar arrangement as in effect at the time of the Issue Date. 

“Put Payment” means any payments made to holders of any Put Option. 

“Qualified Proceeds” means the Fair Market Value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged
in, a Similar Business. 
 “Rating Agency” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not
make a rating on the Notes (or the applicable security) publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (in the case of the Notes, as certified by a Board Resolution)
which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

  
 -27- 

 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole
or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price,” when used
with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Refinancing
Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 
 “Refunding Capital Stock” has the
meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning assigned to such term in the
introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 
 “Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 301 of this
Indenture. 
 “Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1018 of this Indenture. 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” has the meaning specified in Section 1022 of this Indenture. 

“Replacement Assets” means (i) properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of an Asset
Sale or (ii) properties and assets received in exchange (directly or indirectly through equity interests similar participations) for the properties and assets that are the subject of the Asset Sale and that, in each case, will be used in the
Issuer’s business or in that of the Restricted Subsidiaries as conducted on the Issue Date and any business ancillary or complementary thereto. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office –
Corporates Team (or any successor division or unit) of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and any other officer of the Trustee to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent that is not then an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 

“Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture. 

“Reversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

  
 -28- 

 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person
providing for the leasing by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such
leasing. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on property or assets of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Secured Notes” means the Issuer’s 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued pursuant to the Secured Notes
Indenture. 
 “Secured Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of January 26, 2012 among the Issuer, Parent, the
other guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and any amendments or supplements thereto. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Facilities” means the Revolving Facilities Agreement dated as of December 31, 2014 by and
among Parent, the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, BNP Paribas, as Agent, BNP Paribas, as Security Trustee, and the other parties thereto, including any guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, waivers, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or other restructuring thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or
commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund, refinance or otherwise restructure all or any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder or any successor or
replacement loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding, refinancing or other restructuring facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder, alters the maturity
thereof or alters the parties thereto. 
 “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio
of (a) Consolidated Total Secured Debt as of the last day of the relevant Test Period to (b) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period. The Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or
any portion of a revolving commitment under any Credit Facility as incurred and outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money at the time of such election and for so long as such revolving commitments remain outstanding, regardless of whether fully
drawn at the time of such election. As a result of any such election, any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such revolving commitment shall not be deemed an incurrence of additional Indebtedness or an additional Lien at such subsequent
time. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the
Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 

  
 -29- 

 “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date
fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 306. 
 “Specified Columbus Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary (including for the avoidance of doubt Columbus) within the Columbus Group existing on the Issue Date and (ii) any Indebtedness of any such Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge, any Indebtedness referred to in the preceding clause (i) (and for the avoidance of doubt shall not include any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor to refinance Indebtedness
referred to in the preceding clause (i) or (ii)). 
 “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Note or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means: 

(1) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, and 
 (2) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise, and 
 (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner
or otherwise controls such entity; and 
 (3) any other corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or
other business entity of which (a) is required to be consolidated under IFRS for purposes of preparing the consolidated annual financial statements of Parent and/or (b) is controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Issuer) that executes a Guarantee. 

  
 -30- 

 “Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 801 of this Indenture.

 “Successor Issuer” has the meaning specified in Section 802 of this Indenture. 

“Successor Person” has the meaning specified in Section 802 of this Indenture. 

“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“Suspension Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar
agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any
similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Obligations” means obligations under or with respect
to Swap Agreements. 
 “Target Upfront Financing Costs” means fees, costs, discounts, premiums, charges and other payments
in the nature of a fee whether paid, payable or capitalized, due to any applicable finance parties in connection with financing the Acquisition including, but not limited to, upfront and structuring fees and discounts in respect of the Term Loans
(as defined in the Offering Memorandum), the Senior Credit Facilities or the Initial Notes. 
 “Tax” means any tax, duty,
levy, impost, assessment, deduction, withholding or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest, additions to tax, and any other liabilities related thereto). 

“Taxing Authority” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any
authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax. 
 “Test Period” means, on any date of determination, the
period of two consecutive fiscal half-years of Parent then most recently ended (taken as one accounting period). 
 “Total
Assets” means the total assets of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in conformity with IFRS. 

“Transfer Agents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the First Call Date; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
the First Call Date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

  
 -31- 

 “Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as appointed under this
Indenture, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “TSTT Holdco” means any wholly-owned
subsidiary of Parent that holds no material assets other than Equity Interests of Telecommunications Services of Trinidad and Tobago. 

“UK Listed Company Requirements” has the meaning specified in Section 1009 of this Indenture. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Issuer) which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as
designated by the Board of Directors of Parent, as provided below) and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Subsidiary of Parent (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Parent, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries
(other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary
must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for
the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by Parent, 
 (b) such designation
complies with Section 1010, and 
 (c) each of 

(1) the Subsidiary to be so designated, and 

(2) its Subsidiaries 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (1) immediately
after giving effect to such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) Parent could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio test described in the
first paragraph of Section 1011. 

  
 -32- 

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Parent shall be notified by the Issuer to the
Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of
the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

SECTION 103. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or quest by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Indenture (other than the issuance of the Initial Notes), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate in a form satisfactory to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel in a form satisfactory to the Trustee stating that in the
opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this
Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
 Every certificate
or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a
statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or
she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

  
 -33- 

 SECTION 104. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are
required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one
document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be, may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters,
upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate
or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be,
stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 
 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

SECTION 105. Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes
referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in
favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person
of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such
instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact
and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) The principal amount of Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register, unless the Notes
are in global form. If the Notes are in global form, these matters shall be proved in accordance with the procedures of the Depository. 

  
 -34- 

 (d) If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first
solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given
before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have
authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such
authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

SECTION 106. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, Any Guarantor and Agents. Any quest, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 

(1) the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent by any Holder or by the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing (which may be via facsimile or electronic mail) to or with the Trustee at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Trust & Agency Services, 60 Wall Street, 16th
Floor, MS NYC 60-1630, New York, New York 10005, United States (Facsimile: (732) 578-4635), Attention: Corporates Team Deal Manager – Sable International Finance Limited, with a copy to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, c/o Deutsche Bank
National Trust Company, Trust & Agency Services, 100 Plaza One, MS JCY03-0699, Jersey City, New Jersey 07311 (Facsimile: (732) 578-4635), Attention: Corporates Team Deal Manager – Sable International Finance Limited; 

(2) the Luxembourg Paying Agent and (Regulation S) Transfer Agent by any Holder or by the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing (which may be via facsimile or electronic mail), to or with the Luxembourg Paying Agent at Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., 2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer, L-1115,
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (Facsimile: +352 47 3136), Attention: Luxembourg Paying Agent; or 
 (3) the Issuer or
any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by
recognized overnight courier, facsimile or electronic mail to the Issuer addressed to it at 2nd Floor, 62-65 Chandos Place, London, WC2N 4HG, United Kingdom, Attention: Company Secretary (Facsimile: +44 207 240 1450; email:
companysecretary@cwc.com), or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer or such Guarantor, 

  
 -35- 

 provided it is issued in the English language. 

The Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with instructions and directions sent by electronic mail,
facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of either of the Issuer or any Guarantor. The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to
verify or confirm that the person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions or directions on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Issuer or any Guarantor as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions or directions. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic
methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

SECTION 107. Notice to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Issuer or the Trustee,
such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) while any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes by delivery to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders. In the case of definitive Notes,
notices will be mailed to Holders by first-class mail at their respective addresses as they appear on the Note Register. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, if any such Holders are known, neither the failure to mail such notice,
nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notice
provided to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC will be deemed given on the date that it is provided to DTC, and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days
after mailing. 
 In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall
be impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a
condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns. All agreements of the Issuer in this ture and the Notes will bind their respective successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208 hereof. 

SECTION 110. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 -36- 

 SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, press or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Registrar, any Transfer Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 SECTION 112. Governing Law. This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 113. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, demption Date or Stated
Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made on the
next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue for purposes of such payment for the period
from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 114. No Personal
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or member of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall
have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation to the extent permitted by
applicable law. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

SECTION 115. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 116. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective
execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures
for all purposes. 
 SECTION 117. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 118. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdictions; Waiver of Immunities; Waiver of Jury Trial. 

By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer and each Guarantor (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably designated and
appointed CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011 as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture that
may be instituted in any federal or New York state court located in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and (iii) agrees
that service of process upon CWC-US Co-Borrower, LLC and written notice of said service to the Issuer (mailed or delivered to the Issuer in accordance with Section 106, attention: Company Secretary, at its principal office at 2nd Floor, 62-65
Chandos Place, London, WC2N 4HG, United Kingdom, telephone number +44 (0) 207 315 4000, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantors 

  
 -37- 

 
each further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment
of CT Corporation System in full force and effect so long as this Indenture shall be in full force and effect. 
 To the extent that the
Issuer or any Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with
respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and irrevocably waives, such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture and the Note or Guarantees, as applicable, to the extent permitted by law. 

The Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any obligation that it may now
or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in any such court or any appellate court with respect thereto. The Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of
any inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action, suit or proceeding in any such court. 
 EACH PARTY HERETO, AND EACH HOLDER OF A
SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
INDENTURE. 
 SECTION 119. Conversion of Currency. 

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the
Notes, Guarantees and this Indenture: 
 (i) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any
court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due or contingently due in any other currency under the Notes of any series and this Indenture (the “Base
Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which a final judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise
determine). 
 (ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which
the judgment referred to in (i) above is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay such additional
(or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency
originally due. 
 (b) In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the
Notes, Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or
resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in the Base Currency due or contingently due under the Notes, Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)) is
calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b) the final date for the filing of proofs of

  
 -38- 

 
claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest
practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 

(c) The obligations contained in subsections (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 119 shall constitute separate and independent obligations of the
Issuer and each Guarantor from its other obligations under the Notes, Guarantees and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and each Guarantor, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or
extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any
Guarantor, as applicable, for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under Subsection (b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the
Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, or its liquidator. In the case of subsection (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not
be deemed to be increased or reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 

The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by J.P. Morgan Chase as may be designated in writing by
the Issuer to the Trustee from time to time, at its central foreign exchange desk in its main office in New York, New York at 12:00 noon on the relevant date for purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency and includes any premiums and
costs of exchange payable. 
 SECTION 120. Additional or Amended Intercreditor Agreement. 

Each Holder of a Note, by accepting a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor
Agreement or any amendment and/or restatement of the Intercreditor Agreement or any additional intercreditor agreement contemplated hereby or thereby, and the entry into such amendment and/or restatement of the Intercreditor Agreement or additional
inter-creditor agreement, or accession thereto, by the security trustee thereunder and the Trustee and the performance of their obligations and the exercise of their rights thereunder and in connection therewith. 

At the direction of Parent and without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee will upon direction of Parent from time to time
enter into one or more amendments and/or restatements of the Intercreditor Agreement or any such additional intercreditor agreement to: (1) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein; (2) increase the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred or issued under this Indenture of the types covered thereby that may be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subject thereto (including the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness); (3) add Guarantors thereto; (4)
secure the Notes (including Additional Notes); or (5) make any other such change thereto that does not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Notes in any material respect. Parent will deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee in connection with any amendments and/or restatements of the Intercreditor Agreement or, if applicable, any additional intercreditor agreement, and will not otherwise direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment and/or
restatements of the Intercreditor Agreement or, if applicable, any additional intercreditor agreement, without the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

  
 -39- 

 SECTION 121. Currency Indemnity. 

The sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture with respect to the Notes is U.S. Dollars.
Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. Dollars (whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of Parent, the Issuer, any Subsidiary or
otherwise) by the Holder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer will constitute a discharge of the Issuer only to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or
recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not possible to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is possible to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the applicable U.S.
Dollar amount expressed to be due to the receipt under any Note, the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase.

 For the purposes of this indemnity, it will be sufficient for the Holder to certify that it would have suffered a loss had an actual
purchase of U.S. Dollar amount been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollar amount on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have
been practicable). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Issuer, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder
and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note or any other judgment or order. 

ARTICLE TWO 
 NOTE FORMS

 SECTION 201. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix
attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit
1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or
usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Note set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of
this Indenture. 
 SECTION 202. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer
by two Officers of the Issuer. The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes. 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to
the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes. 

  
 -40- 

 On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount
of $750,000,000 executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such
Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Initial Notes. At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order
for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that the issuance of such Additional Notes is in compliance
with Article Ten hereof and that all other conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have been fully complied with, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Additional Notes. In
each case of Additional Notes, the Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer in connection with such authentication of Notes. Each Issuer Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated
and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. 
 Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that
such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 In case any of the
Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to
any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease
or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in
substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such
exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of
the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 

ARTICLE THREE 
 THE
NOTES 
 SECTION 301. Title and Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this
Indenture is not limited; provided, however, that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture are issued in accordance with Sections 202 and 1011 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 

  
 -41- 

 The Notes shall be known and designated as the “6.875% Senior Notes due 2022” of the
Issuer. The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be August 1, 2022, and the Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 6.875% per annum from the Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided
for, payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 in each year beginning February 1, 2016, and at said Stated Maturity, until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any
predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on January 15 and July 15 immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record Date”). 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such
purpose in The City and State of New York or, solely with respect to certificated Notes, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the Note
Register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depository or its nominee will be
made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained
for such purpose. 
 Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a
Change of Control pursuant to Section 1017. The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as provided in Section 1018. 

The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven. 

The due and punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes payable by the Issuer is irrevocably unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by each of the Guarantors. 
 SECTION 302. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable
only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION
303. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or
otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing
such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 
 If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will
cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer
designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 

SECTION 304. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such 

  
 -42- 

 
office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Note Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At
all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is hereby initially appointed as Registrar for the purpose of registering Notes. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. are hereby initially appointed as Transfer Agents for the purpose of registering transfers of Notes as herein provided. 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 1002, the
Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount,
upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the
Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by any of the Issuer, the Registrar or
the Transfer Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 202, 303, 1017, 1018, or 1108 not involving
any transfer. 
 SECTION 305. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If (1) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee,
or (2) the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a Protected Purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code) (a “Protected Purchaser”), the Issuer shall
execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and
payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this
Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 

  
 -43- 

 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section
are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

SECTION 306. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. 

(a) Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the
Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 or,
solely with respect to certificated Notes, may at the Issuer’s option be paid by mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 307, to the address of such Person as it
appears in the Note Register; provided, however, that, subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the
Depository or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. 

(b) Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith
cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate of 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest
rate applicable to the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below: 

(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective
Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted
Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted
Interest, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer
of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 107, not less
than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or
their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 

(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of
any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be
deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 (c) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon
registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

  
 -44- 

 SECTION 307. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to the due presentment of a Note for
registration of transfer, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of
(and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 304 and 306) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of either of the Issuer or the
Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 SECTION 308. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption,
tration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder
which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Issuer shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the
indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly
permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures unless by Issuer Order the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it. 

SECTION 309. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 SECTION 310. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form in accordance with the Appendix and shall be
transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar and the Transfer Agent or an additional transfer agent with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar and
the Transfer Agent shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar and the Transfer Agent or an
additional transfer agent with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. 

SECTION 311. CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs (in each case, if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a 

  
 -45- 

 
redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs applicable to the Notes. 

SECTION 312. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Issuer may, subject to Section 1011 of this Indenture, issue additional Notes having
identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date (the “Additional Notes”); provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have
“original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 ARTICLE FOUR 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall, upon Issuer Request and at the Issuer’s expense, be
discharged and cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when either: 

(1) all Notes heretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 305 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the
Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) (A) all
such Notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or are to be
called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of
any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes
which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; 
 (B) no Default or
Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such
deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a
party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 

  
 -46- 

 (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture; and 
 (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and 

(3) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last agraph of Section 1003, all money or Government
Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money or Government Securities has been deposited with the Trustee; but
such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or
Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time as the Trustee or
Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE FIVE 
 REMEDIES

 SECTION 501. Events of Default. “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following
events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any,
on the Notes issued under this Indenture; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or
Additional Amounts on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture; 

  
 -47- 

 (3) failure by Parent or the Issuer to comply with its obligations under Article
8; 
 (4) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or other agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above)
contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is
issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary,
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if 
 (A) such default
either 
 (i) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any
applicable grace periods); or 
 (ii) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; 

(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for
failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; and 

(C) in the case of the occurrence of a default described in (A)(ii) above, such default results in (x) the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to the final maturity thereof or (y) the commencement of judicial proceedings to foreclose upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such
Indebtedness; 
 (6) failure by Parent or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0
million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by insurance policies from creditworthy insurers), which final judgments remain undischarged, unwaived and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such
judgment becomes final; 
 (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for (a) relief against the Issuer,
any Guarantor or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Parent’s Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding or (b) the
liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Parent’s Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
(except, in the case of a Subsidiary, for a winding-up for the purpose of a reconstruction or amalgamation the terms of which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee or approved by a majority of the Holders or a voluntary solvent
winding-up or dissolution in connection with the transfer of all or 

  
 -48- 

 
the major part of the business, undertaking and assets of such Subsidiary to the Issuer, any Guarantor or another Subsidiary or, in the case of Parent, in connection with a solvent reorganization
that complies with Article Eight hereof), in each case, which order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 

(8) (a) a court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for the appointment of an administrative or other receiver,
an administrator or any similar official being appointed in relation to, the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Parent’s Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Parent’s Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, which order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or (b) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Parent’s Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary consents to the appointment of an administrative or other receiver, an administrator or any similar official for all or substantially all of its property or
assets; and 
 (9) the Guarantee of Parent or any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and
effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of Parent or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than
by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 502.
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. 
 (a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 501(7) or (8) above) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any,
interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders). The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes
if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders. 
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of such
declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 501(7) or (8) above occurs and is continuing, then the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes
shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any notice, declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 

(c) At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if: 
 (1) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 

(A) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes, 

  
 -49- 

 (B) all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which
has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes, 

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and

 (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and 
 (2) Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of
principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513, 

no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Issuer covenants that if: 

(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and
such default continues for a period of 30 days, or 
 (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, 
 the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes,
the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any
overdue installment of interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its
own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer, any Guarantor or
any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of
the Holders under this Indenture and the Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor. 

SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any ceivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the 

  
 -50- 

 
Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed
or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding
or otherwise, 
 (1) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and
unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and 
 (2) to collect and receive
any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; 
 and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607. 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes
may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee
of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in
respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 
 SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected. Any money or property collected by
the Trustee pursuant to this Article and any money or other property distributable in respect of obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates
fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if
fully paid: 
 FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due to the Trustee and the Agents (including any predecessor
Trustee or Agent) under Section 607; 
 SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal
(and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Issuer or as a court of
competent jurisdiction may direct in writing; provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture. 

  
 -51- 

 SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Notes shall have any right to institute
any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security and/or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (including by way of
prefunding) against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period, 
 it being understood and intended that
no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or the Guarantees to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain
priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or the Guarantees, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders (it being further understood that the Trustee
does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to
Section 306) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates,
and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the
Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to
such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any other obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 305, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall,
to the extent 

  
 -52- 

 
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any
right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or
remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders
may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

SECTION 512. Control by Holders. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided
that: 
 (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, 

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and 

(3) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Holders
not consenting. 
 SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 508 and 902, the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all such Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (1) in respect of the payment of interest on, premium, if
any, or the principal of any such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured,
for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Issuer, the tors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

  
 -53- 

 ARTICLE SIX 

THE TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 601.
Duties of the Trustee. 
 (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of willful
misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
this Indenture, but not to verify the contents thereof or any conclusions therein. 
 (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee by the Issuer, any other obligor of the Notes or by any
Holder, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person’s own affairs. 
 (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that 
 (1) this
paragraph (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraphs (a) or (d) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee shall
not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power
conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. 

  
 -54- 

 SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults. Within 30 days after the receipt from the Issuer of
notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit notice of such Default or Event of Default hereunder, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided,
however, that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust
committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Sections 601 and 602: 

(1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original, electronic or facsimile form) believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (2) any request or direction of the Issuer
mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate; 

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be
full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel; 

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the
Intercreditor Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee (including by way of prefunding)
against the costs, expenses, losses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation
into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the
expense of Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; 

  
 -55- 

 (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any
duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; 

(8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud. 

(9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; 

(10) the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an officers’ certificate setting forth the names of individuals or
titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which officers’ certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so
authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; 
 (11) anything in this Indenture
notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has
been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action; 
 (12) the Trustee shall not be
deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default from the Issuer or any Holder is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; 
 (13) in the event the Trustee receives
inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity and/or security (including by way of prefunding) from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to
the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion,
resolved; 
 (14) the permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture and the Intercreditor
Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so; and 
 (15) in order to comply with the laws, rules,
regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act
of the United States (“Applicable Law”), the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly,
each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Law. 

  
 -56- 

 SECTION 604. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The als contained
herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof. 
 SECTION 605. May Hold Notes. The Trustee,
any Paying Agent, any Transfer Agent, any Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it
would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar or such other agent; provided, however, that, if it acquires actual knowledge of any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or
resign. 
 SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer. 

SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree: 

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee
for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly
employed by the Trustee), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud; and 

(3) to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and their officers, agents, directors, and employees for, and to hold
them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud on its part, arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim, regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person, or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 The obligations of the Issuer and
Guarantors under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. As security for the performance of such obligations of the Issuer and Guarantors, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds
held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes. 

  
 -57- 

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default
specified in Section 501(7) or (8), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. 

“Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the gross
negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 The
provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 SECTION 608.
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or to the requirements of Federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined
capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 
 SECTION 609. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. 

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until
the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610. 
 (b) The Trustee may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument executed by authority of the Board of Directors, a copy of
which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor Trustee. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of
such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning
Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (d)
[Reserved]. 
 (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of
Trustee for any cause, the Issuer, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by
Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee
and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have 

  
 -58- 

 
been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on
behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the
Holders in the manner provided for in Section 107. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

SECTION 610. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. 

(a) Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument
accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and
duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and
trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder subject to the lien provided for in Section 607. Upon request of any such successor
Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. 

(b) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and
eligible under this Article. 
 SECTION 611. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which
the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all
of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of
authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its
successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation. 
 SECTION 612. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when
any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents (an “Authenticating Agent”) with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes and
the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument 

  
 -59- 

 
in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of
authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state
authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section,
it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. 
 Any corporation into which an Authenticating
Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or
substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 
 An Authenticating Agent may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such
a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall
be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the
rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. 

The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such compensation for its services under this Section as shall be
agreed in writing between the Issuer and such Authenticating Agent. 
 If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may
have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form: 

The Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Authenticating Agent. 

  
 -60- 

 
			
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee and Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture
	
	[By: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company]1
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

 SECTION 613. Agents. The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee in this Indenture, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified and/or secured (including by way of prefunding) and to resign under Section 609, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Paying Agents (other than
the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer acting as Paying Agent), the Transfer Agents, any Authenticating Agent and the Registrar as if the Paying Agents, the Transfer Agents, the Authenticating Agent and the Registrar were named as the Trustee
herein. The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several. The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the
Trustee may, by notice in writing to each of the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee. 

SECTION 614. Force Majeure. The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not forming any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or
responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including, but not limited to, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest,
local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility). 

ARTICLE SEVEN 
 HOLDERS
LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY 
 SECTION 701. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses. Unless the Notes are in
global form, the Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee: 
 (1) semiannually, not more than 10 days
after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and 

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any
such request, a list of similar form and content to that in clause (1) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 

 

	1 	Depending upon the signatory. 

  
 -61- 

 provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Registrar, no such list need be
furnished; provided, further, that if the Trustee is not the Registrar, the foregoing covenant shall apply whether or not the Notes are in global form. 

SECTION 702. Holder List. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is sonably practicable the most recent list available to
it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business
Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 

SECTION 703. [Reserved]. 

ARTICLE EIGHT 
 MERGER,
CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR 
 SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS 

SECTION 801. Parent May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. 

Parent may not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Parent is the surviving Person), or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) Parent is the surviving or continuing Person or the Person formed by, continuing from or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European
Union, Switzerland, Barbados, the Cayman Islands, Jersey, Guernsey, the British Virgin Islands, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor
Company”); 
 (2) the Successor Company, if other than Parent, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer
under this Indenture and the notes pursuant to supplemental indentures in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3)
immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; 
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to
such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of Section 1011; and 
 (5) Parent shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

For purposes of this Section 801, any Indebtedness of the Successor Company which was not Indebtedness of Parent immediately prior to the
transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction. 

  
 -62- 

 The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, Parent under this Indenture and
the Notes. 
 Clauses (3) and (4) immediately above will not apply to any consolidation, amalgamation or merger with or into, or wind up or
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of properties or assets to, an Affiliate if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of Parent, the sole purpose of the transaction is
to reincorporate Parent in another jurisdiction. 
 For purposes of this Section 801, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise,
in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of
Parent will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Parent. 
 SECTION 802. Issuer and
Restricted Subsidiaries May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. 
 The Issuer may not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or
into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person
unless: 
 (1) the Issuer is the surviving or continuing Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws
of any member state of the European Union, Switzerland, Barbados, the Cayman Islands, Jersey, Guernsey, the British Virgin Islands, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein
called the “Successor Issuer”); 
 (2) the Successor Issuer, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all
the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (A)(2) of the fourth
to last paragraph of this Section 802 shall apply, or unless any such Guarantor has ceased as part of such transaction to be a Guarantor in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed
that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (5) the Issuer
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

The Successor Issuer will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture. 

  
 -63- 

 Clause (3) immediately above will not apply to any consolidation, amalgamation or merger with or
into, or wind up or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of properties or assets to, an Affiliate if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of Parent, the sole purpose of
the transaction is to reincorporate the Issuer in another jurisdiction. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing: 

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) may consolidate, amalgamate with, merge into, or transfer all or part of
its properties and assets to, the Issuer or any Guarantor; and 
 (b) Parent and the Issuer may combine (whether by
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or otherwise) if the beneficial owners of Parent’s Voting Stock and the resulting or continuing entity’s Voting Stock are the same (and in the same proportion) and the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness of the resulting or continuing entity is no greater than that of the Issuer immediately prior thereto or is permitted to be incurred under Section 1011. 

Subject to Section 1208 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and Parent will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate
or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related
transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (A) (1) (x) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving or continuing Person or (y) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, limited
liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Switzerland, Barbados, the Cayman Islands, Jersey, Guernsey, the British Virgin Islands, the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”) (provided that, in the case of clause (y), if the Subsidiary Guarantor that is not the Successor
Person of such transaction (a “Non-Successor Person”) had, immediately prior to such transaction, been formed, organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction other than those referenced immediately above and/or existed in or
was organized as a legal entity other than a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, then the Successor Person of such transaction may be formed, organized or existing under the laws of the same jurisdiction as such Non-Successor
Person had then been and may be of the same corporate or other organizational type as such Non-Successor Person had then been); 

(2) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary
Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (B) in the
case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the transaction is made in compliance with Section 1018. 

  
 -64- 

 Subject to Section 1208 hereof, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for,
such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 Clause (A)(3) will not apply to any
consolidation, amalgamation or merger with or into, or wind up or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of properties or assets to, an Affiliate if, in the good faith determination of the
Board of Directors of Parent, the sole purpose of the transaction is to reincorporate a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge into, amalgamate with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer without compliance with the provisions of this Section 802. 

SECTION 803. Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with Sections 801 and 802 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is
merged or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be,
under this Indenture or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein or the Guarantees, as the case may be. When a successor Person
assumes all obligations of its predecessor hereunder, under the Notes or under the Guarantees, as the case may be, such predecessor shall be released from all obligations; provided that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor
shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE NINE 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 

SECTION 901. Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with
respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party), when authorized by Board Resolutions of their respective Board of Directors, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee
or the Notes, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, mistake,
defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to comply with Article Eight hereof; 

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders; 

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 

  
 -65- 

 (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or
power conferred in this Indenture upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 
 (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and
appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610 hereof; 
 (8)
to add a Guarantor under this Indenture; 
 (9) to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(10) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes”
section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes;

 (11) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; or

 (12) making any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes;
provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
 In addition, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the other parties thereto may amend the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent permitted thereunder and under Section 120 of this Indenture. 

SECTION 902. Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders. With the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party), when authorized by Board Resolutions of
their respective Board of Directors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any related Guarantee for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default, Event of Default or compliance
with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided, however, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes
issued under this Indenture and held by a non-consenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders
must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the Maturity of any such Note or
alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than Sections 1017 and 1018); 
 (3) reduce
the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 -66- 

 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected; 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes; 
 (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions; 

(8) release Parent or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this
Indenture, except as permitted by this Indenture; 
 (9) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related
definitions to affect the ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders; or 
 (10)
impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes.

 The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is
sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. 
 SECTION 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or
Waivers. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and
shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

SECTION 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder
of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However,
any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms (or if silent as to effectiveness, on the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented
(and not theretofore revoked such consent) to such amendment, supplement or waiver) and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuer may,
but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, 

  
 -67- 

 
supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more
than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 
 SECTION 905.
[Reserved]. 
 SECTION 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an priate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate new Notes that reflect the
amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 907. Notice of Supplemental Indentures. Promptly after the execution by the Issuer,
any Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Issuer shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 107, setting forth in
general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. 
 ARTICLE TEN 

COVENANTS 
 SECTION 1001.
Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, and Interest. The Issuer enants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that they will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amount, if any, on the
Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture and, in any case, no later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any payment date. 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate of 1.0% per annum in excess of the interest rate applicable to the Notes
specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest, Additional Amounts, if any, at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be
presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The designated office of the
Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Issuer, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the
location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to
maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 -68- 

 SECTION 1003. Money for Notes Payments To Be Held in Trust. If the Issuer shall at any
time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 

Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium,
if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or
interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of such action or any failure so to act. 

The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will: 
 (1) hold all
sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

(2) give the Trustee notice of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of
principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and 
 (3) at any time during the continuance of any such Default, upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 
 The Issuer may at any time,
for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be
held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such sums. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of
the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer)
shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Issuer as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a
date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 

  
 -69- 

 SECTION 1004. Existence. Except as permitted by Article Eight and Section 1018, Parent
will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and that of the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor and the rights (based on organization documents and statute) and franchises of Parent,
the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that Parent shall not be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise if Parent shall determine in its judgment that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 SECTION 1005. Payment of Taxes and Other
Claims. Parent will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon the income,
profits or property of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that Parent shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity (x) is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of Parent) are being maintained in accordance with IFRS or (y) would not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on the results of
operations or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 SECTION 1006. Maintenance of Properties. Parent
will cause all properties owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and
supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of Parent may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; except, in each case, (x) as Parent, in its judgment, determines is desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) would not
reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

SECTION 1007. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 1008. Statement by Officers as to Default. 

When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee by registered
or certified mail, facsimile transmission or electronic mail a statement specifying such Default of Event of Default within five Business Days of becoming aware of its occurrence. 

SECTION 1009. Reports and Other Information. 

So long as any notes are outstanding, Parent will furnish to the Holders of notes and the Trustee: 

(1) within 120 days after the end of each of Parent’s fiscal years beginning with the first fiscal year ending after the
Issue Date, annual reports containing the following information: (a) audited consolidated balance sheets of Parent as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of cash flow
of Parent for the two most recent fiscal years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of Parent’s independent auditors on the financial statements; (b) an operating and

  
 -70- 

 
financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of its assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss; and (c) a fair review of Parent’s and its
Subsidiaries’ business, any important events that have occurred since the end of the fiscal year and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing Parent; 

(2) within 60 days following the end of the first half of each fiscal year of Parent, semi-annual reports containing the
following information: (a) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such semi-annual period and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the year-to-date periods ending on the unaudited condensed balance
sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for Parent, together with condensed footnote disclosure; and (b) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition
and results of operations of Parent and an indication of important events that have occurred during such year-to-date period; 

(3) within 45 days after the end of each of the first and third quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, to the extent Parent is
not required under the English law to provide financial statements, an announcement disclosing revenue, ending period cash on balance sheet, net debt and capital expenditures, accompanied by customary management commentary (an “interim
management statement”); and 
 (4) promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or
restructuring of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any senior management changes at Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor or change in auditors of Parent or the Issuer or any other material event, in each case, that Parent
announces publicly, a report containing a description of such event. In the case of a material acquisition or disposition, Parent will also provide as part of any such report pro forma financial information giving effect to such acquisition or
disposition, together with explanatory footnotes. 
 All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS. Except as provided
for above, no report need include separate financial statements for Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent or any disclosure with respect to the results of operations or any other financial or statistical disclosure not of a type included in the Offering
Memorandum. 
 In addition, for so long as any Notes are deemed to be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act, unless Parent is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or exempt pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, Parent will furnish to the Holders of Notes or Holders of any beneficial interest therein and to prospective
purchasers of Notes or beneficial interests therein designated by any such Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

As long as Parent is subject to the reporting obligations of a listed company under the rules of the UK Listing Authority (or any successor
regulator) and the London Stock Exchange (“UK Listed Company Requirements”), (a) in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, the posting of Parent’s annual reports and semi-annual reports on its website, together with the
dissemination of related press releases, in compliance with UK Listed Company Requirements, in the case of clause (3) above the posting of the interim management statement on Parent’s website and dissemination of a press release through
appropriate internationally recognized wire services and, in the case of clause (4) above, dissemination of a press release through appropriate internationally recognized wire services, will be deemed to fulfill the furnishing requirements of
clauses (1) – (4) above and (b) Parent shall be required to provide pro forma financial information pursuant to the last sentence of clause (4) only to the extent it would otherwise be 

  
 -71- 

 
required to provide pro forma financial information under the UK Listed Company Requirements, including, in any event, with respect to any Class 1 transaction within the meaning of the listing
rules of the UK Listing Authority. 
 In addition, so long as the notes are admitted to the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange
and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, each of Parent and the Issuer will comply with the publication and disclosure requirements (if any) of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange in relation to all such reports.

 In the event Parent ceases to be subject to UK Listed Company Requirements by reason of a transaction pursuant to which it becomes a
Subsidiary of a new holding company that itself becomes subject to UK Listed Company Requirements and is a Guarantor, references in this Section 1009 shall be deemed to be references to such new holding company. 

Nothing contained in this Indenture shall preclude Parent from changing its fiscal-year end. In any such case, reporting obligations under
clauses (1), (2) and (3) above with respect to any abridged fiscal year immediately preceding or following such change will follow the reporting schedule set forth in, or otherwise permitted by, UK Listed Company Requirements as long as Parent is
subject to such requirements, and otherwise will provide transition reporting so as to ensure no gap in reporting. 
 Delivery of such
reports, information and documents to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein,
including the Issuer’s and Parent’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

SECTION 1010. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests,
including any dividend or distribution payable on account of Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in connection with any merger or consolidation other than: 

(1) dividends or distributions by Parent payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent or in options,
warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests, or 
 (2) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary
so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share
of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 
 (b) purchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any
scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, 

  
 -72- 

 
any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than the purchase, repurchase, or other acquisition of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition or (ii) Indebtedness permitted under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; or

 (d) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

(2) Parent can incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of the first paragraph of
Section 1011; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (4), (5) and (12) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding
paragraph), is less than the Applicable Amount. 
 The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration or the giving notice of such irrevocable redemption, as applicable, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of, or payment of a dividend in respect of, any Equity
Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in either case in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Parent (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”); 

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent
or any Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary which is incurred in compliance with Section 1011 so long as: 

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of such new Indebtedness does
not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired, defeased, exchanged or retired, plus the amount of any reasonable fees, expenses and premium (including,
without limitation, premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness and any tender premium) incurred or paid in connection with such redemption, repurchase, acquisition, defeasance, exchange or
retirement and the incurrence of such new Indebtedness; 

  
 -73- 

 (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same
extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired; provided that this subclause (B) need not be satisfied if (i) such new Indebtedness can be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph
of Section 1011 or (ii) the amount of such new Indebtedness shall not exceed the Applicable Amount (it being understood that if amounts available under the Applicable Amount are used to redeem, repurchase, defease, exchange, acquire or retire such
Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Applicable Amount shall be reduced by such amounts); 
 (C) such new Indebtedness has a
final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last
maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; 
 (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time
incurred which is not less than the shorter of (i) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired and (ii) the Weighted Average Life to
Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is one year following the maturity date of any Notes then outstanding
were instead due on such date; and 
 (E) the obligor of such Indebtedness does not include any Person (other than the Issuer
or any Guarantor) that is not an obligor of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired; 

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests
of Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or arrangement or upon such person’s death, disability, retirement or termination of employment; provided, however, that the aggregate
Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be used in the next succeeding calendar year); provided further that such amount may
be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of Parent and, to the
extent contributed to Parent, Equity Interests of any of Parent’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent
companies that occurs or occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (b)(3) of the definition of the
term “Applicable Amount”; plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by
Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that Parent may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; provided further
that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to 

  
 -74- 

 
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of any Restricted Subsidiary, Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent companies
in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 1010 or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Parent
or any other Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 1011 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”; 

(6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price or taxes payable in respect of such options or warrants; 
 (7) Restricted Payments
that are made with (or in an aggregate amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of) Excluded Contributions; 
 (8)
the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 1017 and 1018; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in
connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value; 

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans to, any direct
or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay: 
 (A) franchise taxes, and other
fees and expenses, required to maintain their corporate or other legal existence, and 
 (B) customary salary, bonus and
other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, and general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, in
each case to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(10) the declaration and payment of dividends by Parent in accordance with the dividend policy announced by Parent on
6 November 2014 of $0.04 per share per fiscal year (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations); 
 (11) other
Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 0.25% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payments; 

(12) Parent from making Put Payments so long as on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Put Payment and any related
transaction, Parent can incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 1011; or 

(13) Parent from making cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares representing insignificant interests in
Parent in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests in Parent; 

  
 -75- 

 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (4), (5), (11) and (12), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

As of the Issue Date, all of Parent’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer and the Guarantors will
not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding
Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of
“Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph or clause (7) or (11) of the second paragraph of this Section 1010, or
pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 1011. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness. 

Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Parent will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that Parent and the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness and issue
shares of preferred stock (including Acquired Indebtedness), in any such case if, as of the date any such Indebtedness is incurred or preferred stock is issued, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence and application of the
proceeds of such Indebtedness, Parent’s Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such date shall be less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00. 

The foregoing limitations will not apply to any of the following (“Permitted Debt”): 

(a) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors and the issuance and creation of letters of
credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), (x) up to the greatest of (together with any Indebtedness incurred under
clause (y) below) (1) an aggregate principal amount of $570.0 million, (2) 8.00% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence and (3) an aggregate principal amount of Secured Indebtedness (with all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (a) being
deemed Secured Indebtedness for all purposes of making the determination hereunder) outstanding at any one time so long as Parent’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.50 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) and (y) without duplication, Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a)(x); 

(b) (w) the Secured Notes outstanding on the Issue Date and the related guarantees thereof by the Guarantors, (x) the Columbus
Senior Notes outstanding on the Issue Date and the related guarantees thereof, (y) the 2019 Sterling Bonds outstanding on the Issue Date and the related guarantees and (z) any other Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date that has been incurred
by a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -76- 

 (c) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by
the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees thereof; 
 (d) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above); 
 (e) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Indebtedness
related to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) and preferred stock incurred by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance all or any part (whether prior to or within 270 days after) of the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, repair,
replacement or improvement (including, without limitation, the cost of design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation, installation, improvement and migration) of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible) or equipment that
is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness
and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (e) and including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (e), does
not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 0.75% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence; 

(f) Indebtedness incurred by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
of credit issued and bank guarantees in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their
families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, letters of credit provided to lessors of real property or otherwise in connection with leasing of real property and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or
pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from Governmental Authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding the foregoing; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such
letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 

(g) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price or similar obligations (including earn-outs), in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring or disposing of all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that: 

(1) such Indebtedness is not to be reflected on the balance sheet of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance
with IFRS (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (g)(1)); and 

(2) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including
noncash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition; 

  
 -77- 

 (h) intercompany Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Indebtedness
related to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) or preferred stock of the Issuer or Parent owing to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary is subordinated in right of payment
to the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, and provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary
or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to
be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (i) intercompany Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Indebtedness related
to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) or preferred stock owing to and held by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary such Indebtedness is
subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an incurrence
of such Indebtedness; 
 (j) customer deposits and advance payments received from customers for goods and services purchased
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) Indebtedness or preferred stock of Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries in an
aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (k), would not exceed, at any one time
outstanding, the greater of (x) $600.0 million and (y) an amount of Indebtedness such that, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence and application of proceeds of such Indebtedness, the Non-Guarantor Leverage Ratio would not
exceed 0.75 to 1.00; 
 (l) (x) Swap Obligations entered into for bona fide (non-speculative) business purposes and (y)
Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Obligations; 
 (m) Obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety
bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and
environmental obligations or rental obligations in the ordinary course of business, and guarantees or obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such performance, bid, appeal or surety obligations
(in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed); 
 (n) Indebtedness arising from judgment, appeal, advance
payment, customs, value-added tax or other tax guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations or warranties provided by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or relating to liabilities or obligations arising in the ordinary course of
business (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed) 
 (o) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of
insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -78- 

 (p) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor not otherwise
permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness or preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this
clause (p), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million or (y) 3.00% of Total Assets as of the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (p) shall cease to be
deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (p) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 1011 from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this Section 1011 without reliance upon this clause (p)); 

(q) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, cash collateral, bank guarantees and similar instruments issued for the
account of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, the CFA, pensions-related obligations and other social security laws; 

(r) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections deposit and checking accounts, in each case, in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (s) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or preferred stock
which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 1011 and clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (k) above, this clause (s), clause (t) below or any Indebtedness or
preferred stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness or preferred stock including additional Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), accrued and unpaid interest, expenses, defeasance costs
and fees in connection therewith (“Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced, 
 (2) to the extent such
Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded; provided that this
subclause (2) need not be satisfied if the amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the Applicable Amount (it being understood that if amounts available under the Applicable Amount are used to refinance such Subordinated
Indebtedness, then the Applicable Amount shall be reduced by such amount), and 
 (3) shall not include 

(x) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or 

(y) Indebtedness of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(t) (x) Indebtedness or preferred stock of Persons that are acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or
amalgamated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the case of this clause (t) immediately and after 

  
 -79- 

 
giving effect to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger either (1) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio
set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 1011 or (2) Parent’s Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the amount thereof immediately prior to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger; or 

(y) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the
acquisition of Persons that are acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or amalgamated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the case of this clause (y)
immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger either (1) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio set forth in the first paragraph of
this Section 1011 or (2) Parent’s Adjusted Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the amount thereof immediately prior to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger; 

(u) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or in the course of rendering other cash management services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished
within ten Business Days of its incurrence; 
 (v) Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit
issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities incurred under clause (a) above, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 

(w) Indebtedness incurred under leases of real property in respect of tenant improvements; 

(x) any guarantee 

(1) by the Issuer or a Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of
such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or 
 (2) by a
Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 1015; or 

(y) Indebtedness to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge this
Indenture. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1011: 

(a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of
permitted Indebtedness or preferred stock described in clauses (a) through (y) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 1011, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of
Indebtedness or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior
Credit Facilities will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (a) of the preceding paragraph and the Issuer shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date; 

  
 -80- 

 (b) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify
an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above; and 
 (c) the U.S. dollar equivalent
principal amount of Indebtedness or preferred stock denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness or preferred stock was incurred, in the case of term debt,
or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that (x) if such Indebtedness or preferred stock is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness or preferred stock
denominated in the same foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount in such currency of such refinancing Indebtedness or preferred stock does not exceed the principal amount in such currency of such Indebtedness
or preferred stock being refinanced and (y) if such Indebtedness or preferred stock is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness or preferred stock denominated in a different currency from the Indebtedness or preferred stock being refinanced, the
principal amount of any such Indebtedness or preferred stock shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness or preferred stock is denominated that is in effect on the date
of such refinancing. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional
Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 1011. 
 SECTION 1012. Limitation on
Liens. Parent will not, and will not permit any stricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures any Obligations under any Indebtedness of Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary against or on any asset or property now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 

(1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted
Subsidiary, if any, are secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 
 (2) in
all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, if any, are equally and ratably secured; provided that any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 1012 shall be discharged at the same time as
the discharge of the Lien (or the Indebtedness secured by such Lien) that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes. 
 For
purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1012, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of
“Permitted Liens” but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens
(or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens,” Parent shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (which may be based on circumstances existing at such later
time as if 

  
 -81- 

 
incurred at such time), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will be entitled to only include the amount and
type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien in one of the clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (or any portion thereof) and in such event, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as
being incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof. 
 With
respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The
“Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment
of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of Parent, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 
 SECTION 1013. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. 

Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Parent (each of the
foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) in any one or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless: 

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person (or, in the event that there are no comparable transactions involving Persons who are not Affiliates of
Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to apply for comparative purposes, is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, Parent has determined to be fair to Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary), and 

(b) Parent or the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $35.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of Parent (and a majority of the Independent Directors, if any) approving such Affiliate
Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above. 
 The
foregoing provisions will not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that in the case of non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, no Affiliate of Parent (other than one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries) owns more than 10% of the Equity
Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) (x) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010 and (y) Permitted
Investments; 

  
 -82- 

 (3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities
provided on behalf of, and ordinary course employment and severance agreements entered into with, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) transactions in which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from a
Nationally Recognized Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph; 

(5) transactions pursuant to any agreement in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such
agreement, together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries as determined by the Issuer in any material respect than the agreement in effect as of the Issue Date) or any
transactions contemplated thereby; 
 (6) the existence of, or the performance by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries of
its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or limited liability company agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, or any
transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum, and in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the
existence of, or the performance by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause
(6) to the extent that the terms of any such agreement, together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not more disadvantageous as determined by the Issuer to the Holders or Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any
material respect than the agreement in effect as of the Issue Date; 
 (7) any transaction with a joint venture or similar
entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; provided that no Affiliate of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Parent or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries) shall have a beneficial interest in such joint venture or similar entity; 

(8) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent to any Person; 

(9) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Parent, any of its direct or indirect parent
companies or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent in good faith; 

(10) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(11) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Article Eight; 

(12) any contribution of capital to the Issuer or Parent; 

(13) (a) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions
otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this 

  
 -83- 

 
Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least
as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (b) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(14) [reserved]; 

(15) the Carve-Out and related transactions; 

(16) the issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant, to or for the
purpose of the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans as long as the terms thereof are or have been previously approved by Parent’s Board of Directors; and 

(17) transactions with Affiliates in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than holders of such Indebtedness or Capital Stock generally. 

SECTION 1014. Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(a) (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) on its Capital Stock or (y)
with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(b) make loans or advances to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to the Senior
Credit Facilities and the related documentation, the Secured Notes Indenture and the related documentation and the Columbus Indenture and the related documentation, and pursuant to Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as in effect
on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and Guarantees; 

(3) purchase money obligations, mortgage financings and Capitalized Lease Obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired or leased; 

  
 -84- 

 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order or governmental
licenses, concessions, franchises or permits; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its
Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 
 (6) contracts for the sale of
assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary or conditions imposed
by Governmental Authorities or otherwise resulting from dispositions required by Governmental Authorities; 
 (7) Secured
Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011 and Section 1012 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, and other similar agreements; 

(10) in the case of a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, restrictions and conditions imposed by its
organizational documents or any related shareholders, joint venture or other agreements (including restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions); 

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses and other agreements or arrangements entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (12) other Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred subsequent to
the Issue Date pursuant to Section 1011; provided that such encumbrances or restrictions will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer in good faith); or 
 (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a),
(b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above;
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Parent’s Board of Directors, not materially more restrictive with
respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1014, the subordination of loans or advances made to Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

  
 -85- 

 SECTION 1015. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. 

Parent will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors), directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any
manner become liable with respect to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor unless such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary,
which Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s guarantee of such other Indebtedness. 
 Each additional
Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital
maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall not be obligated to cause such Subsidiary to Guarantee the Notes to the extent that such Guarantee
by such Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to give rise to or result in a violation of applicable law which, in any case, cannot be prevented or otherwise avoided through measures reasonably available to Parent or the Subsidiary or any
liability for the officers, directors or shareholders of such Subsidiary. 
 Any additional Guarantee of the Notes will automatically and
unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed
by the relevant Guarantor. 
 SECTION 1016. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 1017. Change of Control. 

If a Change of Control occurs, the Issuer will make an offer to repurchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the
“Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of
repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control
Offer by delivery of the notice to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information: 

(1) a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 1017, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to
such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change
of Control; 
 (3) repurchase price and the repurchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is delivered to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(4) any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

  
 -86- 

 (5) unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) Holders electing to have any Notes repurchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Repurchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (7) Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes
and their election to require the Issuer to repurchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile or other
electronic transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for repurchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s tendered Notes and such Holder’s election to have
such Notes repurchased; 
 (8) that Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which un-repurchased portion must be equal to $200,000 or a $1,000 integral multiple in excess thereof; and 

(9) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is
conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control, describing any conditions to such Change of Control and, if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as
the Change of Control shall occur, or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such condition will not be satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date or by the Change
of Control Payment Date as so delayed. 
 If the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to repurchase all of the Notes
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the repurchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations. 

The notice, if delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives
such notice. If (a) the notice is delivered in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not
affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. 

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this
Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

  
 -87- 

 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and repurchased by the Issuer. 

The Paying Agent will promptly distribute through the facilities of DTC, to each Holder of Notes that were properly tendered and not withdrawn
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail or distribute through the facilities of DTC, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered,
if any; provided, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or a $1,000 integral multiple in excess thereof. 

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive
agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 
 In the event that Holders of not less
than 90% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice,
given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at the purchase price specified in the Change of Control Offer plus, to the extent
not included in the purchase price specified in the Change of Control Offer, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant
Interest Payment Date). 
 The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if Parent or other third party makes such
Change of Control Offer contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of this Indenture and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change
of Control Offer. 
 If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to
trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish notices relating to a Change of Control Offer in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in
Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, www.bourse.lu, or by any other means considered equivalent by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 

SECTION 1018. Asset Sales. 

Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless: 

(a) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair
Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and 

  
 -88- 

 (b) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that: 
 (1) any liabilities (as shown on
Parent’s, or such Restricted Subsidiary’s, most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, that
are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Parent and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been unconditionally released by all creditors or their representatives in writing, 

(2) any notes or other obligations or securities or assets received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, 

(3) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate
Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at any one time outstanding, not to exceed an amount equal to $25.0 million, with the Fair Market Value of each item of
Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, 

(4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the
extent that Parent and any Restricted Subsidiaries are released by all creditors or their representatives in writing from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Sale; and 

(5) the Fair Market Value of Replacement Assets received by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary 

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; provided further that clause (b) above shall not apply
to any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interests in, or assets of, Telecommunications Services of Trinidad and Tobago or TSTT HoldCo or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to the extent such sale, transfer or other
disposition is required by any Governmental Authority in connection with its approval of the Acquisition 
 Within 360 days after
Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (such 360 day period, the “Reinvestment Period”), Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may, at its option, apply the Net Proceeds from
such Asset Sale: 
 (1) to permanently reduce Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary,
any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or the 2019 Sterling Bonds) and, in each case, to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto; provided that if the Issuer shall so reduce Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than Pari Passu Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness), the Issuer shall make an offer (in accordance
with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) 

  
 -89- 

 
to all Holders to purchase at least a pro rata portion of their Notes based on the outstanding principal amount of Notes and such unsecured Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repaid at 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid, 

(2) to an investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of
the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c)
acquisitions of other properties or assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or 
 (3) to
an investment in (a) any one or more businesses engaged in a Similar Business; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties used or useful in a Similar Business or (c) other assets used or useful in a Similar Business that, in each of (a), (b) and
(c), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3)
above, a binding commitment entered into prior to the end of the Reinvestment Period shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such
commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”); provided further that if any Acceptable Commitment
is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall at the later of the expiration of the Reinvestment Period and such cancellation or termination constitute Excess Proceeds. 

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the Reinvestment Period will be deemed to
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 0.50% of Total Assets at any one time (the “Excess Proceeds Threshold”), the Issuer shall
make an offer to all Holders, and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari
Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 15 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed the Excess Proceeds Threshold by distributing to DTC for
communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the
Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such
holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered in accordance with Section 1110. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

  
 -90- 

 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 1018, Parent or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this
Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

If less than all of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness is to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be
made by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agents, as applicable, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by such method as required by the rules of
DTC; provided that no Notes of $200,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part. None of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agents will be liable for any selection made under this paragraph. 

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be distributed to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be purchased or redeemed with a copy to the Trustee. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption
that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed. 
 In
connection with any redemption of Notes pursuant to this Section 1018, such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering, issuance of Indebtedness or other
transaction. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded or postponed in
the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the applicable Redemption Date. 
 A new Note in principal amount
equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer
defaults in payment of the purchase or Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased or called for redemption. 

So long as any Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger
Wort) or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, www.bourse.lu, or by any other means considered equivalent by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of
any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding. 
 SECTION 1019. Suspension of Covenants. 

During any period of time that (1) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (2) no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture 

  
 -91- 

 
(the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), Parent and the Restricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: 
 (A) Section 1010; 

(B) Section 1011; 

(C) Section 1013; 

(D) Section 1014; 

(E) Section 1015; 

(F) Section 1018; and 

(G) clause (4) of the first paragraph of Section 801 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net
Proceeds shall be set at zero. In addition, the Guarantees of the Guarantors will also be suspended as of such date (the “Suspension Date”). In the event that Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended
Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes
below an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees will
be reinstated. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event
of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the
Suspension Period). For purposes of determining compliance with Section 1012 during the Suspension Period, it shall be assumed that the provisions of Section 1011 are applicable during such period as if the applicable Covenant Suspension Event had
not occurred. 
 On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred
pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 1011. To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 1011, such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the
Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (d) of the second paragraph of Section 1011. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 1010 will be made as
though Section 1010 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of Section 1010. Notwithstanding anything contained in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” during a Suspension Period Parent may not designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

SECTION 1020. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 1021. Limitation on Issuer Activities. The Issuer will at all times remain a wholly-owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of
Parent. The Issuer will not (i) merge, consolidate, amalgamate 

  
 -92- 

 
or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or, (ii) other than in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Lien, sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions, in each case, except in accordance with Section 801. 

SECTION 1022. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Issuer or a tor under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee will be
made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes, unless the withholding or deduction is then required by law. If any such withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes imposed by (i)
any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made, or (ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Issuer or a Guarantor is incorporated, organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes (each of (i) and (ii), and any political
subdivision thereof or therein, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will pay such additional amounts
(“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each beneficial owner of Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will equal the amount the beneficial owner would have
received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 

(1) any Tax to the extent such Tax would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection
between the Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the Holder or beneficial owner, if such Holder or beneficial owner is an estate,
nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident of, or carrying on a business in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising
from the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes or enforcement of rights under the Notes or any Guarantee or the receipt of payments under or in respect of the Notes or any Guarantee; 

(2) any Tax, to the extent such Tax would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner to comply
with any reasonable written request of the Issuer, addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner and made at least 90 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable, to satisfy any certification, identification or other reporting
requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner which is required by applicable law, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax, but in each case only to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to provide such certification or other documentation; 

(3) any Tax, to the extent such Tax would not have been imposed if the presentation of Notes (where presentation is required)
for payment had occurred within 30 days after the date such payment was due and payable or was duly provided for, whichever is later, but only to the extent such Additional Amounts would not have been required had the Note been presented on the last
day of the applicable 30-day period; 
 (4) any estate, inheritance, gift, value-added, sales or similar Tax; 

(5) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding in respect of a payment on the Notes or any
Guarantee; or 
 (6) but for any combination of the items listed above. 

  
 -93- 

 The applicable withholding agent will (a) make any withholding or deduction required by law, and
(b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the
payment of Taxes so deducted or withheld and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee. If certified copies are not reasonably obtainable, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide the Trustee other evidence of payment
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Such certified copies or other evidence shall be made available to Holders upon request. 
 In any
context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any of the Notes or any Guarantee shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 In addition
to the foregoing, the Issuer will pay any present or future stamp, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise, property or similar Taxes, which arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of
the Notes, any Guarantee, this Indenture or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee (“Documentary Taxes”). 

At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under, or with respect to, the Notes is due and payable or such later date as agreed
by the Trustee (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, in which case it will be promptly thereafter), if the Issuer will be
obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and setting forth such other
information as is necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders of such Notes on the payment date. 
 The
foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, and any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any successor of the Issuer or any Guarantor
and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is incorporated, organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which such successor makes payment on or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee,
and any political subdivision thereof or therein. 
 SECTION 1023. Limitation on Parent Activities. 

Parent will not carry on any business or directly own any assets other than: 

(1) ownership or holding any assets or property consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents and other assets that are de minimis in nature;

 (2) the provision of services (including treasury services) to its Subsidiaries and other Persons in which Parent owns stock of a type
customarily provided by a holding company and activities related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence and that of any such Persons; 

(3) incurring Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any guarantees of Indebtedness) permitted to be incurred under Section 1011
(including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness and the investment (including, without limitation, by loan or advances) of the proceeds from such Indebtedness in
Subsidiaries of Parent to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under this Indenture); 

  
 -94- 

 (4) providing guarantees (other than for Indebtedness); 

(5) exercising rights and meeting obligations arising under any finance document relating to Indebtedness incurred (including with respect to
any guarantee of Indebtedness) to which it is a party and any activity undertaken with the purpose of, and related to, fulfilling any other obligations under such Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture; 

(6) owning or holding of Equity Interests in Subsidiaries of Parent and other Persons (including making capital contributions to such
Subsidiaries or other Persons); and 
 (7) loans or other advances to Subsidiaries of Parent. 

SECTION 1024. Maintenance of Listing. 

The Issuer will use all reasonable efforts to have the Notes admitted to the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange on or prior to the
first Interest Payment Date and admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange within a reasonable period after the Issue Date and will maintain such listing as long as the Notes are outstanding; provided,
however, that if the Issuer can no longer maintain such listing or it becomes unduly burdensome to make or maintain such listing (for the avoidance of doubt, preparation of financial statements in accordance with any accounting standard other
than IFRS and any other standard pursuant to which Parent then prepares its financial statements shall be deemed unduly burdensome), the Issuer may cease to make or maintain such listing on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange; provided that the
Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the notes on another “recognized stock exchange” as defined in Section 1005 of the Income Tax Act 2007 of the United Kingdom (which may be a stock exchange
that is not regulated by the European Union) prior to their delisting from the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES 

SECTION 1101. Right of Redemption. At any time prior to August 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 On and after August 1, 2018 (the “First Call Date”), the Issuer may
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to Holders by delivery of the notice to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, at the Redemption Prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date
to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2018
	  	 	105.156	% 
	 2019
	  	 	103.438	% 
	 2020
	  	 	101.719	% 
	 2021 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 -95- 

 In addition, prior to August 1, 2018, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 40% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable Redemption
Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to Parent; provided that at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under this
Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. 

SECTION 1102. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any
provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article Eleven. 
 SECTION 1103. Election To
Redeem; Notice To Trustee. The election of the Issuer to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1101 above shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, at least 60 days prior
to the Redemption Date fixed by the Issuer (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such
documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1104. 
 SECTION 1104.
Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption, will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or
based on DTC’s procedures; provided that no Notes of $200,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part. 
 Notices of
purchase or redemption shall be delivered to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date. If any Note is to
be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed. 

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the
name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase or Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
purchased or called for redemption. 

  
 -96- 

 SECTION 1105. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner
provided for in Section 107 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed. 
 All
notices of redemption shall state: 
 (1) the Redemption Date, 

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,

 (3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a partial redemption,
the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining
unredeemed, 
 (5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date
payable as provided in Section 1107) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date, 

(6) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if
any, 
 (7) the name and address of the Paying Agent, 

(8) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, 

(9) the “CUSIP” number or ISIN number and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the
“CUSIP” number or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and 
 (10) the paragraph of
the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 
 Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuer
shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 1106.
Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to any Redemption Date, the suer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount
of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. 
 SECTION
1107. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued
interest to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for

  
 -97- 

 
redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date and such Notes shall be canceled by
the Trustee; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close
of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 306. 
 If any Note called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes. 

SECTION 1108. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article Eleven)
shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and, in the case of certificated Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of
such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered. 

SECTION 1109. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem all (but not less than all) of the
Notes then outstanding, in each case at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date), and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due or which shall become due on the applicable redemption date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if, as a result of: 

(i) any change in, or amendment to, the law of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which change or amendment is publicly announced
and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, if the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, after such later date); or 

(ii) any change in, or amendment to, an official written interpretation of such law (including by virtue of a holding, judgment
or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which change is announced and becomes effective on the Issue Date (or, if the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the
Issue Date, after such later date) (each of the foregoing in clauses (i) and (ii), a “Change in Tax Law”); 
 the Issuer is, or on the next
date on which any amount will be payable with respect to such notes, would become, obligated to pay any Additional Amounts, and such obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuer. Notice
of any such redemption will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1104. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption as a result of a Change in Tax Law will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the
earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such Change in Tax Law or later than 365 days after the Issuer first becomes liable to pay such Additional Amounts, and (b) unless, at the time such
notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect. 

  
 -98- 

 Prior to giving any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this section, the Issuer will deliver to the
Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth
a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred; and 
 (2)
a written opinion of independent tax counsel in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of recognized standing acceptable to the Trustee, that the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. 

The foregoing obligations will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any successor of the Issuer and to any jurisdiction in which such successor
is incorporated, organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which such successor makes payment on or with respect to the Notes, and any political subdivision thereof or therein 

SECTION 1110. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Proceeds. 

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 1018 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow the
procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no
longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer
shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and
Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send a notice by
delivery thereof to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset
Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 1110 and Section 1018 hereof and the length of time the
Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

  
 -99- 

 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted
for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $200,000 only; 

(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Repurchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depository, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their
election if the Issuer, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of
the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the
Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer, or, if so elected by the Issuer, the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness, shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted
value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof,
shall be purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes
properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered. 

(f) The Issuer, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount
equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail
or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate is required for the Trustee
to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a
principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale
Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 

  
 -100- 

 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 1110 or Section 1018 hereof, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 1110 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Article Eleven. 
 ARTICLE TWELVE 

GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 1201.
Guarantees. The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, hereby jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsubordinated basis, the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder,
and guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee for itself and on behalf of such Holder, that: (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due,
whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay (or equivalent) under any Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and
interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, to the limitation set forth in Section 1204 hereof. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability
of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer,
any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims
with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall
not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when
due and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal
proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without
first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising
their respective rights to accelerate the Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holder,
upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 

  
 -101- 

 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any
Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (1) subject to this Article Twelve, the Maturity
of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose
of the Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition
be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the
Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that
any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. The
form of Notation of Guarantee to be executed on each Note by each Guarantor is attached as Exhibit A hereto. 
 SECTION 1202.
Severability. In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent
permitted by applicable law. 
 SECTION 1203. Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall cause any Restricted iary required to
guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 1015 to (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee any amendment or supplement to this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine of this Indenture pursuant
to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations on the Notes, whether for principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition
by or against the Issuer under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law) and other amounts due in connection therewith (including any fees, expenses and indemnities),
on an unsecured senior basis and (2) deliver to such Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee to the effect that such amendment or supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and is in
compliance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon the execution of any such amendment or supplement, the obligations of the Guarantors and any such Restricted Subsidiary under their respective Guarantees shall become joint and several and each
reference to the “Guarantor” in this Indenture shall, subject to Section 1207, be deemed to refer to all Guarantors, including such Restricted Subsidiary. Such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 803 and Section 1208.

 SECTION 1204. Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability. Each Guarantor and by its ceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is
the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act, 

  
 -102- 

 
the Fraudulent Conveyances Act or any similar federal, provincial or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing
intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 1204,
result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 SECTION 1205.
Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”)
under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor), determined in
accordance with IFRS, for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such
Guarantor. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of (1) the amount by which the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including contingent
liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such date and (2) the amount by which the present fair salable value
of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date),
excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured. 
 SECTION 1206. Subrogation. Each
Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided, however, that, each Guarantor waives and will not in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under
its Guarantee until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer with respect to the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 SECTION 1207.
Reinstatement. Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or
any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor. 

SECTION 1208. Release of a Guarantor. 

(a) Any Guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor (other than any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer) shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged: 
 (1) in connection with any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or combination) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Parent,
any of its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; 

  
 -103- 

 (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that
Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(3) upon Legal Defeasance under Section 1302 hereof or Covenant Defeasance under Section 1303 hereof; 

(4) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Section 401; 

(5) in connection with an enforcement sale pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; or 

(6) upon the full and final payment and performance of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes. 

(b) Any Guarantee of the Notes by any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (including Parent, Cable & Wireless Limited and Sable
Holding Limited) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged: 
 (1) upon Legal Defeasance under
Section 1302 hereof or Covenant Defeasance under Section 1303 hereof; 
 (2) upon satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture in accordance with Section 401; or 
 (3) upon the full and final payment and performance of all obligations of the
Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 SECTION 1209. Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive
direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantees under this Article Twelve. 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN 
 LEGAL
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 1301. Issuer’s Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The
Issuer may, at its option and at any time by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this
Article Thirteen. 
 SECTION 1302. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option
applicable to this Section 1302, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its respective obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which
shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1305 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this
Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise

  
 -104- 

 
terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Notes when
such payments are due, solely out of the trust described in Section 1304, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 303, 304, 305, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
hereunder (including Section 607), and the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection therewith and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section
1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 1303. Covenant
Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1303, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 801,
802 and in Sections 1005, 1006 and 1009 through and including 1018 with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability
in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other
provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 501(3), 501(4), 501(5), 501(6) and 501(9) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the
Issuer, Sections 501(7) and (8), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 

SECTION 1304. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The lowing shall be the conditions to application of either
Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes: 
 (1) The Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 608 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following
payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Notes; (A) cash in U.S. Dollars, or (B) non-callable Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof (without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest), in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable) of such principal (and premium, if any) or, interest due on the Notes; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the
proceeds of such Government Securities to said payments with respect to the Notes. Before such a deposit, the Issuer may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at
a future date in accordance with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing; 

  
 -105- 

 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (A)
the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B)
since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that,
and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as
a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) shall
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any
Guarantor is bound; 
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over any of its other creditors defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and 

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
(which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 SECTION 1305. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the
provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all cash and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1305, the “Qualifying
Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Qualifying Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Qualifying Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, but such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 -106- 

 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Qualifying Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
Outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Qualifying Trustee shall deliver or pay to the
Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 1304 which are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article Thirteen. 
 SECTION 1306. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any
Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Outstanding Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305; provided, however, that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -107- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written. 
  

					
	SABLE INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Emily Martin
		 	Title:	 	Director

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	CABLE & WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PLC
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Perley McBride
		 	Title:	 	Director

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	CABLE AND WIRELESS (WEST INDIES) LIMITED
		
	 By:
	 	

		 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	 Emily Martin

		 	 Title:
	 	 Director

	
	 CWIGROUP LIMITED

		
	 By:
	 	

		 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	 Emily Martin

		 	 Title:
	 	 Director

	
	 SABLE HOLDING LIMITED

		
	 By:
	 	

		 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	 Emily Martin

		 	 Title:
	 	 Director

	
	 CABLE & WIRELESS LIMITED

		
	 By:
	 	

		 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	 Emily Martin

		 	 Title:
	 	 Director

	
	 CWC-US CO-BORROWER, LLC

		
	By:	 	SABLE HOLDING LIMITED, as its Sole Member
		
	 By:
	 	

		 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	 Emily Martin

		 	 Title:
	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
		
	By:	 	Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Annie Jaghatspanyan
		 	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Linda Reale
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A., as Luxembourg Paying Agent and (Regulation S) Transfer Agent
		
	By:	 	Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Annie Jaghatspanyan
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
		
	By:	 	

		 	  

		 	Name:	 	Linda Reale
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES, 

1. Definitions 
 1.1
Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or
beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in
Section 2.3(e). 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and
including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BNP
Paribas, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., DNB Markets, Inc., ING Financial Markets LLC and Bank of China Limited, Lon-don Branch, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons
purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 
 “Notes” means (1) $750,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on the Issue Date and (2) any Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on
the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated July 31, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Securities, on behalf of itself and as representative of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes,
the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the
legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto. 
 1.2 Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section:

		
	“Agent Members”	  	2.1(b)
	“Global Notes”	  	2.1(a)
	“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Notes will be resold
initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act
(“Regulation S”). Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be
issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in
the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted
notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Indenture, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly
executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in a
permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note,” and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) or any other Note prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon certification in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the
Securities Act. 
 Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if
(1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form
satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the
account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions. 

  
 -2- 

 Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to
herein as “Global Notes.” The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter
provided. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the
Depository. 
 The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially
one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such
Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depository
(“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuer, the
Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee
or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of
such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (c) Definitive
Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000
6.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 202 of the Indenture, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer
signed by an Officer of the Issuer. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 313 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 1011 of the Indenture. 
 2.3 Transfer and
Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

 (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 

  
 -3- 

 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for
such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and
the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 
 (ii) if such Definitive
Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are
accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being
delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; 

(B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or 

(C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A,
Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuer so
requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged
for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate
instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 
 (i) certification, in the form set forth on
the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in
reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books
and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Permanent Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase,

  
 -4- 

 
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository
and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged
and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the
Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the
Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in
accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions,
instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so
transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee
of such successor Depository. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this
Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure
that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer. 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership
interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a
transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
State of the United States. 

  
 -5- 

 (e) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY IN AN “OFF-SHORE TRANSACTION” IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE
GUARANTORS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE
144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING
CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE
LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE 

  
 -6- 

 
FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE WILL NOT APPLY SUBSEQUENT TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

Each certificate evidencing a Note offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in addition to the foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY UNITED STATES PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
 Each Note
issued with original issue discount for United States federal income tax purposes shall also bear a legend substantially to the following effect: 

THIS SECURITY HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE
ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE OBTAINED BY CONTACTING: COMPANY SECRETARY, CABLE & WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS PLC, 2ND FLOOR, 62-65 CHANDOS PLACE, LONDON, WC2N 4HG UNITED KINGDOM,
TELEPHONE NUMBER +44 (0) 207 315 4000. 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted
Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and
rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on
the reverse of the Note). 
 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note
have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the
Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 -7- 

 (g) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) None of the Trustee, Paying Agent or Notes Registrar shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note,
a member of, or a participant in, the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with
respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Notes Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of the Depository with
respect to such Global Note, for the records of any such depository, including records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any such Global Note, for any transactions between the Depository and any Agent Member or between or
among the Depository, any such Agent Member and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such Global Note. 

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed
under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the
express requirements hereof. 
 2.4 Definitive Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof
and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depository or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing
agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and in either case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository
to the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office (as defined in the Indenture), to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of
such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of
$200,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Indenture. 

  
 -8- 

 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note
shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the
Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuer expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to
pursue a remedy pursuant to the Indenture, including pursuant to Section 507 of the Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial
owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued. 

  
 -9- 

 EXHIBIT 1 

to Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Global
Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED
TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF
SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THE SECURITY IN AN “OFF-SHORE TRANSACTION” IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”) AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE
ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)
FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER 

 
TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S OR (E)
PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR
ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS
LEGEND. THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE WILL NOT APPLY SUBSEQUENT TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 [Definitive Notes
Legend] 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 -2- 

 [144A CUSIP: 785712 AE0] 

[REG S CUSIP: G77636 AB7] 
 [144A
ISIN: US785712AE0] 
 [REG S ISIN: USG77636AB74] 
  

			
	No.	  	$

 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2022 

Sable International Finance Limited (the “Issuer”) promises to
pay                            
to                             , or registered assigns, the principal sum
of         Dollars on August 1, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”). 
 Interest Payment
Dates: February 1 and August 1 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”) commencing February 1, 2016. 
 Record Dates:
January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Regular Record Date”). 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on
the other side of this Note. 

  
 -3- 

 Dated: 
  

			
	SABLE INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

			
	CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
	as Trustee and Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the
	Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

			
		
	By:	 	Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

6.875% Senior Note Due 2022 
  

	1.	Principal and Interest. 

 The Issuer will pay the principal of this Note on August 1,
2022. 
 The Issuer promises to pay interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment
Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 6.875% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below). 
 Interest and Additional Amounts, if
any, will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date,
commencing February 1, 2016. 
 Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from August 5, 2015.a Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Issuer shall pay interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments
of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate of 1.0% per annum in excess of the rate of interest applicable to the Notes. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment. 

 The Issuer will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the
principal amount of the Notes on each Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date), in each
case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Issuer will make payment to the Holder that surrenders
this Note to any Paying Agent on or after the Maturity Date. 
 The Issuer will pay principal (premium, if any) and interest in money of the
United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, solely with respect to certificated Notes, the Issuer may pay principal (premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money.
The Issuer may pay interest on the Notes either (a) with respect to certificated Notes only, by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account located
in the United States maintained by the payee. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the
intervening period. 
  

	a 	With respect to Additional Notes, this form of Note shall be adjusted to either accrue interest from the date of issuance of such Additional Note (“settle flat”) or for interest thereunder to be deemed to have
accrued since last interest payment date. 

  
 -2- 

	3.	Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. 

 Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas will act as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will act as Luxembourg Paying Agent and (Regulation S) Transfer Agent in Luxembourg. Initially,
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar upon written notice thereto but without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any
of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture. 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 5, 2015
(the “Indenture”), among Parent, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture,
the terms of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Notes are unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture does not limit
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. 
  

	5.	Redemption. 

 Optional Redemption. At any time prior to August 1, 2018 the Issuer
may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders through the facilities of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 On and after August 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in
part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to Holders by delivery of the notice to DTC for communication to entitled account Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2018
	  	 	105.156	% 
	 2019
	  	 	103.438	% 
	 2020
	  	 	101.719	% 
	 2021 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to August 1, 2018, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the 

  
 -3- 

 
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to Parent; provided that at least 60% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture
after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. 

 

	6.	Repurchase upon a Change of Control and Asset Sales. 

 Upon the occurrence of (a) a
Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of repurchase and (b) Asset Sales, the Issuer may be obligated to make offers to repurchase Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sales at a redemption
price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $200,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the
portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date. 
  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners. 

 A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for
all purposes. 
  

	9.	Unclaimed Money. 

 If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment, unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
  

	10.	Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

 If the Issuer irrevocably
deposits, or causes to be deposited, with the Trustee money, or Government Securities or a combination thereof (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of (premium, if any) and accrued
interest on the Notes (a) to Redemption or Maturity Date, the Issuer will be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain covenants thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Issuer
will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture. 

  
 -4- 

	11.	Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, mistake,
defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 
  

	12.	Restrictive Covenants. 

 The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants
with respect to the following matters: (i) Restricted Payments; (ii) Incurrence of Indebtedness; (iii) Liens; (iv) transactions with Affiliates; (v) dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of
Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; (vii) merger and certain transfers of assets; (viii) purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control; and (x) disposition of proceeds of Asset Sales. 

 

	13.	Successor Persons. 

 When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations
of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations. 
  

	14.	Remedies for Events of Default. 

 If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture,
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security
satisfactory to the Trustee (including by way of prefunding) against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain restrictions (including the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow
any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

 

	15.	Guarantees. 

 The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and
unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured unsubordinated basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors. 

  
 -5- 

	16.	Trustee Dealings with Issuer. 

 The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any
other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Issuer and its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 

 

	17.	Authentication. 

 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations. 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP Numbers. 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy
of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law. 

 THIS SECURITY WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to the office of Parent, at 2nd Floor, 62-65 Chandos Place, London, WC2N 4HG, United Kingdom, telephone number +44 (0) 207 315 4000. 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture. 

  
 -6- 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                     agent to transfer this Note on
the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other
side of this Note.)

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the
period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned
confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

	 ̈	to the Issuer; or 

  

	 ̈	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 ̈	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer
to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 ̈	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 ̈	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. 

 Unless one
of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee
shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 

  
 -7- 

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed	 		 	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2)
ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect
to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:	 		 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 -8- 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in
Principal amount of
this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in
Principal amount of
this Global Note	  	Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory of Trustee
or Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 -9- 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1017 or 1018 of the Indenture, check the box:   ̈ 
  ̈ If you want to elect to have only part of
this Note repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1017 or 1018 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $         
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the other
side of this Note.)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  	
		 	 (Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 -10- 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 5, 2015 (the “Indenture”) among Cable & Wireless Communications Plc (“Parent”), Sable
International Finance Limited (the “Issuer”), the other Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium
(if any) and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance
of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will
be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee
pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Twelve of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 This Notation of Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

 

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as
         of         , 20    , among
                                         (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Cable & Wireless Communications Plc (“Parent”) (or its permitted successor), Sable International Finance Limited (the “Issuer”), the other Guarantors (as defined in
the Indenture referred to herein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of August 5, 2015 providing for the issuance of 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2022 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”);

 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, the Issuer hereby direct the Trustee to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article Twelve thereof. 
 3. WAIVER OF BENEFIT
OR ADVANTAGE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights or reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Parent or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until all amount then due and payable by the Issuer with respect to the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or agent of the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,
or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note 

 
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or
in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer. 

  
 -2- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:             ,
20     
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	SABLE INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 -3- 

 INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE 

The undersigned,                     ,
being                      the
                     of                      (the
“Issuer”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Issuer as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column
opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as
Trustee under the Indenture dated as of August 5, 2015, by and between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. 
  

					
	 Name
	  	 Title
	  	 Signature

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 The undersigned,
                    , being                     
the                      of                     
(“Parent”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of Parent as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite
the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee under
the Indenture dated as of August 5, 2015, by and between Sable International Finance Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. 
  

					
	 Name
	  	 Title
	  	 Signature

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
     day of             , 20    . 
  

			
	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  
 -4-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}]]